ASM142 Manual Completo

ASM 142 / 142 D
ASM GRAPH / GRAPH D / GRAPH D+

HELIUM LEAK DETECTOR
User’s Manual
Alcatel Vacuum Technology, as part of the Alcatel-
Lucent Group, has been supplying vacuum pumps,
helium and hydrogen leak detection systems,
plasma sensors, vacuum measurement for several
years.
Thanks to its complete range of products, the
company has become an essential player in
multiple applications : instrumentation, Research
& Developement, industry and semiconductors.
Alcatel Vacuum Technology has launched
Adixen, its new brand name, in recognition of
the company’s international standing in vacuum
position.
With both ISO 9001 and 14001 certifications,
the French company is an acknowlegded expert
in service and support, and Adixen products have
the highest quality and environmental standards.
With 45 years of experience, AVT today has a worldwide

presence, through its international network that includes
a whole host of experienced subsidiaries, distributors
and agents.
The first step was the founding of Alcatel Vacuum
Products (Hingham- MA) in the United States, thirty
years ago, reinforced today by 2 others US subsidiaries in
Fremont (CA) and Tempe (AZ).
In Europe, AVTF-France headquarters and its subsidiaries,
Alcatel Hochvakuumtechnik (Germany), Alcatel Vacuum
Technology UK (Scotland), Alcatel Vacuum Technology
Benelux (Netherlands), Alcatel Vacuum Systems (Italy)
and more recently Adixen Sensistor AB in Sweden (in
2007) form the foundation for the European partner
network.
In Asia, our presence started in 1993 with Alcatel
Vacuum Technology (Japan), and has been strengthened
with Alcatel Vacuum Technology Korea (in 1995), Alcatel
Vacuum Technology Taiwan (in 2001), Alcatel Vacuum
Technology Singapore, Alcatel Vacuum Technology
Shanghai (China) (in 2004).
This organization is rounded off by more than 40
represensatives based in a variety of continents.
Thus, whatever the circumstances, the users of Adixen
products can always rely on quick support of our
specialists in Vacuum Technology. Gb 02834 - Edition 04 - Feb 08
A very wide range of helium leak
detectors
Dear customer,
You have just bought an

Adixen leak detector.
We would like to thank you
and we are proud to count
you among our customers.
This product is a result of
the experience acquired
over 35 years by Alcatel
Vacuum Technology France
in vacuum and leak
detection technology.
The applications of helium

leak testing are extremely
diversified ranging from
high-tech installation
maintenance to high-
speed testing of industrial
products.
Each product of the Adixen

detector range is designed
to meet the specific needs
of each application:
GB 00204 - Edition 05 - September 06
• portability,
• high sensitivity,
• pumping capacity,
• pumping type,
• automation and
integration in an industrial
process.
1/2
A very wide range of helium leak
detectors
This product complies with the requirements of European Directives,

listed in the Declaration of Conformity contained in G100 of this
manual. These Directives are amended by Directive 93/68/E.E.C
(E.C. Marking).
The Declaration of Conformity and Safety Instructions are available
in German, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, Dutch and Danish
languages at the end of this manual.
Copyright/Intellectual property:
The use of Adixen products are subject to copyright and intellectual

property rights in force in any jurisdiction.
All rights reserved, including copying this document in whole or
any part without prior written authorization from Alcatel Vacuum
Technology France.
Specifications and information are subject to change without notice

by from Alcatel Vacuum Technology France.
2/2
General contents
Manual reference: 107817
edition: 07 - March 2009
Software version:
ASM 142/ASM GRAPH: ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
L0088 v3.1 r.02
ASM 142 D/ASM GRAPH D/ ASM GRAPH - ASM GRAPH D
ASM GRAPH D+: L0114 v3.1 r.02 ASM GRAPH D+ User’s Manual
Preliminary Throughout this User’s Manual, you could find this type of message
remarks “Summary of screen C 140”: it refers to a specific chapter of the
User’s Manual. Please read it for further information.
Chapter A INTRODUCTION
A 100 - Introduction to the ASM 142 series
A 200 - ASM 142 - Detector operating principle
A 201 - ASM 142 D - Detector operating principle
A 202 - ASM 142 Graph D+ - Detector operating principle
A 300 - Analyzer cell operating principle
A 400 - Testing methods
A 401 - About Helium and Hydrogen
A 500 - Operator interface: control panel
A 600 - Options
A 700 - Accessories
A 800 - ASM 142 - Technical characteristics
A 801 - ASM 142 D - ASM Graph D+ - Technical characteristics
A 900 - Dimensions
A 901 - Dimensions ASM Graph D+
Chapter B INSTALLATION
B 100 - Safety instructions
B 110 - Unpacking - Storage - Transportation
B 200 - Neutral gas purge and inlet vent connection
B 201 - Neutral gas purge installation (accessory)
B 210 - Connecting the detector to the installation
B 211 - Connecting the detector to the installation: ASM graph D+
B 300 - Controlling the detector with the I/O interface
B 310 - Controlling the detector with a PC computer through the RS 232 interface
B 320 - Connecting the detector directly to a printer or another device
B 400 - Before starting up the leak detector
Chapter C OPERATION
GB 00205 - Edition 07 - March 09
C 100 - Factory configuration of the leak detector parameters

C 110 - Operating principle of the control panel
C 120 - Setting and maintenance part presentation of the control panel
C 130 - Access to level 4 - Password
C 140 - Summary of screens
C 200 - Starting up / Switching off the leak detector
C 210 - How to use the leak detector: 2 methods
C 211 - Operation of the leak detector
C 300 - Calibration of the leak detector
C 301 - Basic internal calibration of the leak detector
C 302 - Advanced internal calibration of the leak detector
C 303 - External calibration of the leak detector
C 304 - Correction factor
C 305 - Calibrated leak values programming
C 306 - Adaptor for calibrated leak in sniffing mode
C 400 - Remote control
C 410 - Headphone and loudspeaker
C 430 - 3 masses option
C 440 - Control panel with graphic interface
C 450 - Long distance sniffer probe and Helium spray gun
Alcatel Vacuum Technology France - User’s Manual ASM 142/142 D - ASM GRAPH/GRAPH D/GRAPH D+ 1/3
General contents
Software version:
L0088 v3.1 r.02
C 500 - Inlet vent

C 510 - Bargraph zoom
C 520 - Audio alarm/Digital voice
C 530 - Cycle end
C 540 - Zero function
C 550 - Memo function
C 560 - Helium pollution prevention
C 570 - Date - Time - Language - Unit
C 580 - Fault / information indicator and display
Chapter D MAINTENANCE - TROUBLESHOOTING

D 100 - Table of preventive maintenance intervals
D 200 - Maintenance message
D 300 - General troubleshooting guide
D 300/D 400 - General troubleshooting guide/Symptoms description
D 400 - Symptoms description
Chapter E MAINTENANCE SHEETS

E 100 - Maintenance operations introduction
E 110 - ASM 142 / ASM 142 S - Access to internal components
E 111 - ASM 142 D - ASM Graph D+ - Access to the internal components
E 120 - Sending the leak detection for reparation to a service center
E 400 - Basic maintenance of the analyzer cell
E 530 - Valves installation and maintenance
E 560 - Replacement of the internal calibrated leak
E 600 - Remote control
E 610 - Long distance sniffer probe and Helium spray gun
E 710 - Primary pump maintenance (AMD1)
E 730 - Starting of the molecular and turbomolecular pumps
E 740 - Greasing molecular and turbomolecular pumps
E 750 - Primary pump maintenance
Chapitre F COMPONENTS
F 000 - Spare parts instructions of use

F 001 - AVTF Customer Service Offer
F 100 - Tools
F 200 - Monitoring and display
F 300 - Power and electrical supply
F 400 - Automatic control system and electronic circuits
F 500 - Measurement
F 600 - ASM 142 - Pumping
F 600 - ASM 142 D - Pumping
F 700 - Valves
F 800 - ASM 142 - Pipes - Connections - Seals
F 800 - ASM 142 D - Pipes - Connections - Seals
F 900 - Cover
F 1000 - Options - Accessories
F 1100 - Pictures of components
2/3 Alcatel Vacuum Technology France - User’s Manual ASM 142/142 D - ASM GRAPH/GRAPH D/GRAPH D+
General contents
Software version:
L0088 v3.1 r.02
Chapter G APPENDIX
G 100 - Declaration of conformity
G 200 - ASM 142 - Wiring diagrams
G 201 - ASM 142 D - Wiring diagrams
G 300 - Analog output
G 400 - Long distance sniffer probe user manual
G 500 - Helium spray gun user manual
G 600 - Safety questionnaire
G 800 - Tools
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

could result in property damage.

could result immoderate or minor injury. It may also be used to alert
against unsafe practices.
CAUTION

could result in death or severe injury.
CAUTION
Indicated an imminently hazardous situation that, if not avoided,

will result in death or severe injury (extreme situations).
WARNING
Alcatel Vacuum Technology France - User’s Manual ASM 142/142 D - ASM GRAPH/GRAPH D/GRAPH D+ 3/3
A
Introduction
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
ASM GRAPH - ASM GRAPH D
ASM GRAPH D+ User’s Manual
Detailed contents
A 100 Introduction to the ASM 142 series

- A new generation of Adixen helium leak detector
A 200 ASM 142 - Detector operating principle

- Vacuum circuit
- Stand-by mode
- Roughing mode
- Gross leak test mode
- Normal test mode
- Sniffing test mode
A 201 ASM 142 D - Detector operating principle

- Vacuum circuit
- Stand-by mode
- Roughing mode
- Normal test mode
A 202 ASM 142 Graph D+ - Detector operating principle

- Vacuum circuit
- Stand-by mode
- Roughing mode
- Normal test mode
GB 00206 - Edition 03 - June 08
A 300 Analyzer cell operating principle

- Description
- Design and manufacture
A 400 Testing methods

- Overview
- Helium concentration and signal displayed
- Spray method (inboard testing)
- Sniffer method (outboard testing)
- Bombing method
A 401 About Helium and hydrogen

- Helium
- Helium and leak detection: which purity?
- Hydrogen
A 500 Operator interface : control panel
1/2
A
Introduction
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
A 600 Options
- Which options for which model?
- Metal seals
- Inlet port
- Units
- Languages
- 3 masses
- Automatic test chambers
- Roughing system
- Interface board
- Remote control cable length
- Test of gas line
- Stainless steel cover (UCT)
- Control panel with graphic interface
- Control panel racks
- Sniffing
- Cables lengths
A 700 Accessories
- Which accessories for which model?
- Remote control
- Long Distance Sniffer probe
- 10 m/30 feet LDS extension
- Headphone connector
- Transport cart
- Foot pedal for cycle command (1.5 m/5 feet)
- Calibrated Helium leaks
- Calibration accessory
- Spray probe
- Inlet adaptor
- Printer
- Inlet filters
- Short distance sniffer probe (to be connected to the inlet part of a leak detector)
- Bombing chamber
- Test chambers
- Neutral gas vent line kit
- 4 swiveling wheels kit (Ø125 mm)
- Covered sniffer probe and remote control kit

- Bottle handle for cart
- Built-in mini-printer
- 2005 IS Pump
- Pressure measurement kit
- Ventilation Kit
- Bottle handle for cart
A 800 ASM 142 - Technical characteristics
A 801 ASM 142 D - ASM Graph D+ - Technical characteristics
A 900 Dimensions
A 901 Dimensions - ASM Graph D+
2/2
A 100
Introduction to the ASM 142 series
A new generation of The ASM 142/142 D/142 S/ASM Graph/ASM Graph D/

Adixen helium leak ASM Graph D+ are universal helium leak detectors which set new
performance standards for multi-purpose unit.
detector
These detectors are the end-result of an innovative engineering approach
utilizing the latest electronics technologies and vacuum concepts, which
make them a truly universal unit:
ASM ASM ASM ASM ASM ASM

142 Graph 142 D Graph D 142 S Graph
D+
high performances, such as,
a roughing capacity of 7 CFM
(60 l/mn) with a usable helium x x x
sensitivity in the 10-11 atm.cc/
sec range.
high performances, such as,
a dry roughing capacity of 0.9
CFM (1.5 m3/h) with a usable x x x
helium sensitivity in the 10-11
atm.cc/sec range.
a usable helium sensitivity
in the
x
10-7 atm.cc/sec range (with
auto-zero function).
comprehensive control panel
with two distinct areas (one
for the operation of the unit, x x x x x x
the other for entering the test
parameters).
evolved features to assist the
operator in his daily operation
Model photographed: (auto-calibration, auto-zero, x x x x x x
helium signal direct readout,
ASM 142
...).
very rugged design, based on
field-proven components, which

x x x x x x
makes it ideal for any industrial
environment.
various accessories to
reinforce the versatility of the
x x x x x x
product (remote control, sniffer
probe).
totally dry leak detector. x x x
specific to sniffing test mode
applications. x
graphic interface. x x
We suggest that you read this manual before you start to use
your detector to obtain optimum levels of performance and
complete satisfaction.
1/1
A 200
ASM 142 detector operating principle
Vacuum circuit
1
3
2
VT3 VA1 7
18
VC VT2
4 VR1 VR2
8 VS
VT1
Bacosol valve
Minisol valves
15
Reference correspondence between valve/vacuum block marks E 530
1 Preamplifier VA1 Inlet vent valve (6 points)

2 Analyzer cell VR1 Roughing valve ( point)
3 Detector inlet port VR2 Roughing valve (2 points)
4 Internal calibrated leak VT1 Exhaust valve (3 points)
5 Inlet pressure gauge VT2 Detection valve (4 points)
7 Vent connector VT3 Detection valve (5 points)
8 Long distance sniffer connector VS Sniffing valve (9 points)
15 Roughing primary pump (RVP 20 0) VC Calibration valve (7 points)
18 Detection molecular pump (AMP 007I)
/4
A 200
Stand-by mode 3
1
2 VA1 7
18
VT1
15
Roughing mode
(Patm to 10 mbar inlet 3
pressure) 5

VR1 VR2
15
2/4
A 200
Gross leak test mode

(10 mbar to 1 3
2
5x10-1 mbar
inlet pressure) 5
18
VR1 VR2
VT1
15
1
3
2
VT3
18
Normal test mode VT2 5
(lower than VT1
5x10-1 mbar
inlet pressure) 15
3/4
A 200
Sniffing test mode

1 3
2
VA1 7
18
VT1
8 VS
15
4/4
A 201
ASM 142 D detector operating principle
Vacuum circuit
1
3
2
VT3 VA1 7
18
VC VT2
4 VR1 VR2
8 VS
VT1
Bacosol valve
16 15
10 12
Minisol valves

2 Analyzer cell VR1 Roughing valve (1 point)

10 Outlet pump connector VC Calibration valve (7 points)
12 Purge filter
15 Roughing pump (AMD1)
16 Roughing molecular pump
(MDP 5006 HDS)
1/4
A 201
Stand-by mode 1
3
2
VA1 7
18
VT1
16 15
Roughing mode 3
(Patm to 10 mbar inlet
pressure) 5
VR1 VR2
16 15
2/4
A 201
Gross leak test mode 1

3
(10 mbar to 2
5x10-1 mbar
18
inlet pressure) 5
VT1 VR1 VR2
16 15
1 3
2
VT2
18
Normal test mode
VT3
(lower than 5
5x10-1 mbar
VT1
inlet pressure)
16 15
3/4
A 201
Sniffing test mode 1

3
2
VA1 7
18
VS
8
VT1
16 15
4/4
A 202
ASM 142 Graph D+ detector operating
principle
Vacuum circuit
1
3
2
VT3 VA1 7
18
VC VT2
4 VR1 VR2
8 VS
VT1
Bacosol valve
16 15
10 12
Minisol valves

2 Analyzer cell VR1 Roughing valve (1 point)

10 Outlet pump connector VC Calibration valve (7 points)
12 Purge filter
15 Roughing primary pump (ACP 15)
16 Roughing molecular pump
(MDP 5006 HDS)
1/4
A 202
principle
Stand-by mode 1
3
2
VA1 7
18
VT1
16 15
Roughing mode 3
(Inlet pressure: Patm
to 10 mbar) 5
VR1 VR2
16 15
2/4
A 202
principle
Gross leak test mode 1

3
(Inlet pressure: 2
10 mbar to
18
5x10-1 mbar) 5
VT1 VR1 VR2
16 15
1 3
2
VT2
18
Normal test mode
VT3
(Inlet pressure: lower 5
than 5x10-1 mbar)

VT1
16 15
3/4
A 202
principle
Sniffing test mode 1

3
2
VA1 7
18
VS
8
VT1
16 15
4/4
A 300
Analyzer cell operating principle
Description The analyzer cell works on the principle of mass spectrometry and is
set to the mass of helium (m/e = 4).
m/e = atomic mass of the particle/number of electrons lost on

ionization
The principle of magnetic deflexion spectrometry is as follows. The

neutral molecules of the gas being analyzed pass into an ionization
chamber (or source of ions) where they are bombarded by an electron
beam generated by a heated tungsten filament. A large number of the
molecules are transformed into ions.
He
He
�
�
��
He
6 ��Leak Signal
��
�
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
�� He ��
Analyzer cell - functional diagram
1/3
A 300
Description (continued) These ionized particles are accelerated by an electrical field.
The entire analyzer cell is subject to a magnetic field which has the
property of deflecting the trajectories of the ions along different curves
according to the masses of those ions (to be more precised, according
to their m/e ratios). Thus the ions beam, which contained ions with
different masses, is divided into several beams, each containing
only ions with the same m/e ratio. The helium ions (m/e = 4) are
separated from the lighter (H2+ or H1+, smaller beams) or heavier
ions (N2+ or O2+, small beams).
Because there is a constant magnetic field (permanent magnet), the

accelerator electrical field is adjusted so that the helium ions (m/e
= 4) follow a pre-determined trajectory (passing through diaphragms)
and arrive on the target at the input to a direct current amplifier.
The current of helium ions is proportional to the partial pressure of

helium in the installation and by measuring it we can find the flow
rate of the leak that has been detected.
It is essential that the total pressure in the analyzer cell is less than
10-4 mbar, so that the trajectories of the electrons and the ions are not
disturbed by residual molecules.
Around 10-3 mbar there is a risk of damaging the heated filament.
In order to separate the helium ions from «noise» caused by

«stray ions», an electrode located in front of the target eliminates

the secondary ions with low energies. This electrode is called the
«braking electrode».
There is an auxiliary electrode at the top of the cell, shaped like

a plate, which collects the ions that are heavier than helium. This
electrode thus measures the total pressure in the analyzer. This
electrode serves as the plate for a triode gauge, hence its name of
«triode electrode».
2/3
A 300
Design and Great care has been taken with the design and manufacture of
manufacture the cell in order to repeatedly obtain the same characteristics
and to achieve excellent stability:
– the metal parts are made of stainless steel,
– the filament holder is made of machined aluminium,
– there is an integral amplifier.
The cell assembly is composed of:

– a vacuum chamber or deflection chamber,
– an optic holder flange,
– a permanent magnet,
– an amplifier.
• The vacuum chamber:

The analysis cell vacuum chamber is made of light alloy. It is
hollow with a rectangular opening into which the electrodes,
(that are installed on the «optics holder» flange) are placed.
• The optics holder flange:

The optics holder flange supports all the electrodes and electrical
connections in the cell. They include:
– the sealed power supply socket, mounted on a metal gasket,
– the amplifier, mounted on an elastomer gasket,
vthe supporting block which screens the target and on which the
source of ions is mounted,
– the source of ions, which is made up of 2 parts:
• a filament holder,
• an ionization chamber with a stainless steel electron collector
and a mass ion emitter.
The filament holder mechanically positions the tungsten filament

with respect to the ionization chamber.
The electron collector and the filament have been designed

and positioned so that the temperature of the electron collector
stabilizes at 400°C under bombardment and radiation from the
filament. The cell is thus rendered immune to contamination from
the pieces being tested without the need of any special heating
system.
3/3
A 400
Testing methods
Overview Leak detection is used to detect micro-openings, porosities, etc. in test

parts. The detection of these cracks involves the use of a light tracer
gas, which is capable of infiltrating the smallest leak quickly: Helium.
The detector samples and measures the helium flow rate entering the
test part via the leak(s).
The testing method is selected according to the test part and the
measurement accuracy required:
The part can be no

connected to The part is sealed
an evacuation line
yes
Its characteristics
Its characteristics
Its characteristics no allow it to be
allow it to be placed
allow it to be pressurized with helium
in a vacuum
evacuated or a mixture containing
vessel
helium
yes yes yes
SPRAY method SNIFFING method BOMBING method

GB 00008 - Edition 05 - February 02
laeak rate measurement from 10-10 Minimum detectable leak of 10-6 The sensitivity is limited by the
to 10-1 mbar. l/s and possibility of mbar.l/s and possibility of locating internal dead volume of the part as
locating the leak. the leak. well as on the bombing time and the
pressurization value.
Global test without possible location
of the leak.
1/4
A 400
Testing methods
Helium concentration In accordance to the He concentration rate in the gas used for the
and signal displayed leak detection, the signal displayed will change.
Example: signal displayed with a 1x10-7 mbar.l/s calibrated leak

(with 100 % He) connected to the detector inlet.
% He in the gas used 100 % 10 % 1 %

Signal displayed
1x10-7 mbar.l/s 1x10-8 mbar.l/s 1x10-9 mbar.l/s
on the leak detector
Spray method This involves removing air from the test part, connecting it to the
(inboard testing) analyzer and then spraying helium over the outer surface.
Global test Spray test

or part
spray probe
He part He
detector detector
The part is placed under a Potential leaking areas are

cover, into which helium is sprayed with helium.
injected.
The leak cannot be located. The leak can be located.

The detector measures the flow of helium penetrating the part.
Response time When spraying starts, the leak signal is not displayed instantaneously
on the analyzer:
there is a response time which depends on the volume V being tested
and the helium pumping speed S of the system at the opening of the
part, according to the following relation:
T = V/S (T in seconds, V in litres, S in l/s)
T is the time required for the signal to reach 63 % of the final value.
2/4
A 400
Testing methods
Sniffer method The test part is pressurized with helium. The detector, via an LDS (Long
(outboard testing) Distance Sniffer) probe, samples the helium escaping from the part.
Global test Local sniffing test

or
He He
part detector part detector

LDS LDS
The part is placed under a The sniffer probe is moved over

cover containing a sniffer areas likely to contain leaks.
probe.
The leak can be located.
The leak cannot be located.
The signal supplied by the
The helium from the leak analyzer is not a direct
accumulates over time inside the measurement of the leak.
cover. The detector measures The sniffer probe only samples
the concentration of helium. part of the helium escaping
from the part. The sample
depends on the distance
separating the leak from the tip
of the probe.
3/4
A 400
Testing methods
Bombing method This method is used for sealed objects that cannot be connected
directly to the detector (semiconductors, waterproof watches, etc.).
He
He
part part detector
Chamber 1 Chamber 2
The part is placed in a chamber containing pressurized helium.
The helium penetrates the part if it has a leak.
The part is then removed from the chamber and placed in another
vacuum chamber which is connected to the detector. The helium
escapes from the part through the leak and produces a signal.
This signal is not a direct measurement of the leak as the helium

pressure inside the part is difficult to determine. Several parts play an
important part such as: the pressurization time, the helium bombing
pressure, the internal volume, the aeration time, the size of the leak.
4/4
A 401
About Helium and hydrogen
Helium Helium is the second most common element in the universe,

representing about 23 % of the total matter. 76 % is Hydrogen. All
other elements represent an insignificantly small fraction of the total.
Helium was discovered by spectroscopy in a solar eclipse on August

18, 1868. The discovery in the sun’s chronosphere gave the new
element its name: “helios” in Greek means “sun”. While Helium is
very common in the universe most of it is in the stars: on earth it
is actually not abundant. Since it is so light all the Helium present
during the formation of earth escaped to space. Helium is created,
deep in the earth from the radioactive decay of Uranium and Thorium
which also generates the earth its internal heat. On earth Helium was
discovered in 1881 by spectroscopy of Mount Vesuvio in Italy – the
volcanic gases emanated by the mountain showed the same lines in
the spectrum as already known from the sun.
Helium concentration in the atmosphere is 5 times bigger than the one

of Krypton and 60 times higher than Xenon. The heavier noble gases
are isolated from air by liquefaction and rectification process. Helium
as a contrary is “extracted” from natural gas and oil wells. Helium
comes up with the natural gas and is separated and stored. The
annual world wide production is ca. 3x107 m3 or
4,500 tons.
Helium is constantly seeping up from the ground all around us, but it
is so light that almost all of it escapes into space fairly rapidly. On the
other hand there is a constant flow of Helium from space and the sun
to earth. This gives a dynamic equilibrium and is the reason for the
world wide constant concentration of ca. 5 ppm Helium in air.
Helium is a very light colorless element and it is one of the six noble
gases; it is the most difficult gas to liquefy.
Helium is a noble gas, which means it doesn’t react with anything for
all practical intents and purposes. It’s used as an inert shield gas to
protect things from oxidation – and of course as leak detection tracer
gas.
Helium is a 100 % green gas and has absolutely no environmental

impact on the atmosphere.
1/2
A 401
About Helium and hydrogen
Helium and leak Helium is available in many different purity levels, the highest level of
purity is requested from some laboratories for fundamental activities or
detection: very accurate analyses.
which purity ? The use of the Helium as a tracer gas into a mass spectrometer
doesn’t require such attention. A purity in the range of 97 % to 99 %
is enough .
There is absolutely no risk of accuracy lost or contamination for the

cell analyzer by using standard purity level of Helium gas.
Hydrogen Hydrogen (H2) is the lightest element, has a gaseous specific gravity
of 0.0695 and a boiling point of -423 °F (-252.8 °C) at atmospheric
pressure. It is a colorless, odorless, tasteless, flammable gas found at
concentrations of about 0.0001 % in air. Hydrogen is produced by
several methods, including steam/methane reforming, dissociation
of ammonia, and recovery from by-product streams from chemical
manufacturing and petroleum reforming. Hydrogen can be stored and
transported as a gas or a cryogenic liquid.
Hydrogen is flammable in the concentration range 4 % to 75 % in
air or oxygen and can detonate in the range 18 % to 60 % in air or
oxygen .
2/2
A 500
Operator interface: control panel
16 15 Operation part
mbar.l/s
F1 Pa.m3/s
18 F2 COR 14 Torr.l/s
17 LEAK RATE mbar.l/s
F3
-12 10 -11 10 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 12 F1 Pa.m3 /s
F4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
F2
11 LEAK RATE COR Torr.l/s
F3
13 F4 10
-12 10 -11 10 -10 10
-9 10
-8 10
-7 10
-6 10
-5 10
-4 10
-3 10
-2
10 -3 10 -2 10 -1 1 10
1 10
2 10
3 8 9 10
mbar
20 21 22 23 1 hPa STDBY EVAC TEST
Torr 1 10 2 10 3
INLET PRESSURE 10 -3 10 -2 10 -1 1 10
19 NEXT - + RESET mbar
2 hPa
Torr
STDBY EVAC TEST
INLET PRESSURE
NEXT - + RESET
SET POINTS SPECTRO MAINTENANCE OTHER AUTO CAL SNIFFER ZERO
29
CYCLE SET POINTS SPECTRO MAINTENANCE OTHER AUTO CAL SNIFFER ZERO
24 CYCLE
25 26 27 28 3 4 5 6
1 Inlet port pressure analog display Setting and maintenance part (*)
2 Control and menu selection indicators (ON when activated)
3 Auto-calibration START/ABORT control key
4 Sniffing mode ON/OFF control key
5 Auto-zero ON/OFF control key * Operator access to setting and maintenance part depends on the user interface level.
6 Cycle START/STOP control key User interface level C 120
7 Control keys (4 keys)
8 Standby ON/OFF indicator
9 Evacuation ON/OFF indicator
10 Test ON/OFF indicatort
11 Helium signal analogic display Parameter function keys (1 key per display line) Helium signal display
12 Helium signal analogic scale ON/OFF indicator
13 Helium signal Zero scale ON/OFF indicator
14 Correction factor COR indicator (applied to digital display)
mbar.l/s
F1 Pa.m3 /s
15 Units ON/OFF indicator F2

LEAK RATE COR Torr.l/s
F3
16 Helium signal digital display
-12 10 -11 10 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2
F4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
17 Alphanumeric display (4 lines x 20 characters)

10
-3 10 -2 10 -1 1 10 1 10 2 10 3 mbar
18 Parameter function keys (1 key per display line) INLET PRESSURE

hPa
Torr
STDBY EVAC TEST
NEXT - + RESET
19 Modification access keys (4 keys)
20 NEXT : next display/parameter circular function CYCLE
21/22 Plus or minus value adjustment, parameter selection, audio volume adjustment keys
23 RESET of previously displayed values (cancels temporary inputs)
24 Menu selection access keys (4 keys)
25 SET POINT menu selection key Modification access keys (4 keys) Control keys (4 keys) and
26 SPECTRO calibration and analyzer cell configuration menu selection key Menu selection access control and menu selection indicators
27 MAINTENANCE menu selection key keys (4 keys) (ON when activated)
28 OTHER menus selection key (test mode selection, inlet VENT selection, date/time)
29 Remote control connection
Remote control interface C 400
Control panel with graphic interface (option) C 440
1/2
A 500
Operator interface: control panel
16 15 Operation part
mbar.l/s
F1 Pa.m3/s
18 F2 COR 14 Torr.l/s
17 LEAK RATE mbar.l/s
F3
-12 10 -11 10 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 12 F1 Pa.m3 /s
F4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
F2
11 LEAK RATE COR Torr.l/s
F3
13 F4 10
-12 10 -11 10 -10 10
-9 10
-8 10
-7 10
-6 10
-5 10
-4 10
-3 10
-2
10 -3 10 -2 10 -1 1 10
1 10
2 10
3 8 9 10
mbar
20 21 22 23 1 hPa STDBY EVAC TEST
INLET PRESSURE
Torr
10 -3 10 -2 10 -1 1 10 1 10 2 10 3 mbar
19 NEXT - + RESET
2 hPa
Torr
STDBY EVAC TEST
INLET PRESSURE
NEXT - + RESET
29
CYCLE SET POINTS SPECTRO MAINTENANCE OTHER AUTO CAL SNIFFER ZERO
24 CYCLE
25 26 27 28 3 4 5 6
1 Inlet port pressure analog display Setting and maintenance part (*)
5 Auto-zero ON/OFF control key * Operator access to setting and maintenance part depends on the user interface level.
6 Cycle START/STOP control key User interface level C 120
10 Test ON/OFF indicatort
11 Helium signal analogic display Parameter function keys (1 key per display line) Helium signal display
mbar.l/s
F1 Pa.m3 /s
15 Units ON/OFF indicator F2 LEAK RATE COR Torr.l/s

F3
-12 10 -11 10 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2
F4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
17 Alphanumeric display (4 lines x 20 characters)

10
-3 10 -2 10 -1 1 10 1 10 2 10 3 mbar
18 Parameter function keys (1 key per display line) INLET PRESSURE

hPa
Torr
STDBY EVAC TEST
NEXT - + RESET
20 NEXT : next display/parameter circular function CYCLE
21/22 Plus or minus value adjustment, parameter selection, audio volume adjustment keys
23 RESET of previously displayed values (cancels temporary inputs)
25 SET POINT menu selection key Modification access keys (4 keys) Control keys (4 keys) and
26 SPECTRO calibration and analyzer cell configuration menu selection key Menu selection access control and menu selection indicators
27 MAINTENANCE menu selection key keys (4 keys) (ON when activated)
29 Remote control connection
Remote control interface C 400
Control panel with graphic interface (option) C 440
2/2
A 600
Options
ASM Graph D+
ASM 192 T2D+

ASM 182 TD+
ASM 192 TD+
ASM 192 T2
Which options for
ASM 122 D
ASM 142 D
ASM 102 S
ASM 142 S
ASM 182 T
ASM 192 T
ASM 1002
ASM 142
which model?
ASI 22
Metal seals 1 • • • • • • • • • • •
Inlet port 2 • •
Units 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Languages 4 • • • • • • • • • • • • •
3 masses 5 • • • • • • • • • • • •
Automatic test chambers 6 • • • • • • • •
Roughing system 7 • • • •
Interface board* 8 • • • •
Remote control cable length 9 •
Test of gas line 10 •
Stainless steel cover (UCT) 11 •
Control panel with graphic interface* 12 • • • • •
Control panel racks 13 •
Sniffing* 14 •
Cables lengths 15 •
Transport cart* A 700 •
Voltage configuration - • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Power plug - • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Standard remote control* A 700 • • • • • •
*also available in accessories
1/5
A 600
Options
Metal seals Inlet and high vacuum manifolds and the analyzer cell are equipped
with metal seals instead of elastomer seals to protect the leak
1
detector against contamination with helium. This option is particularly
usefull in case of high sensitivity helium leak detection in an ”helium
contaminated environment”.
Localisation of the metal seals F 800
Inlet port ASM 122 D: The standard DN 25 inlet port can be replaced by a
DN 40 inlet port for convenience.
2
ASM 1002: The test chamber can be replaced by a DN 25 inlet
port for convenience.
Units The user can choice the unit of the software: mbar.l/s, Pa.m3/s or
Torr.l/s.
3
Languages The user can choice the language of the software: English, French,
German or Japanese.
4
Note: ASM 142 S: English/French/German/Spanish.
ASM 1002: English/French.
3 masses For use of one of the 3 following tracer gases:

Helium 4, Helium 3 or Hydrogen 2.
5
Automatic test This is used for the automatic bombing testing of small components.
chambers When the chamber cover is closed, the test cycle is initiated, via a
contact.
6 3 aluminium alloy models are available:
• a hemispheric chamber, Ø 72 mm, depth 31 mm (small model),
• a cylindrical chamber, maximum Ø 85 mm and
maximum depth 68 mm (medium model),
• a cylindrical chamber, maximum Ø 160 mm and
maximum depth 200 mm (large model).
Note: ASM 142: large model not available.
2/5
A 600
Options
Roughing system In order to reduce the roughing time when testing large volumes, a
second roughing pump can be added to the roughing system:
7
• ASM 192 T / 192 T2 total capacity: 40 m3/h or 24 cfm.
• ASM 192 TD+ / 192 T2D+ total capacity: 50 m3/h or 36 cfm.
Apart from the roughing capacity, the weight and the power
consumption, the characteristics and the use of the leak detector
remain the same.
Interface board The helium leak detector can be equipped with a software version
which will offer a complete RS 232 protocol:
8
• 3 operating modes: basic, advanced, printer;
• possibility to remote control the detector (start/stop, autozero,
auto-cal etc...);
• possibility to obtain and adjust the settings;
• possibility to obtain all the maintenance information for preventive
maintenance purposes.
This RS 232 is the most effective interface to supervise your leak test
from a PC (data recording on an Excel sheet, for instance) and/or to
monitor the detector from a small PLC.
Remote control cable 3 lengths are proposed: 5 m (16 Ft), 10 m (32 Ft) and 15 m (49 Ft).
length
9
Test of gas line Used to perform spray testing on long lines (typical diameter 1/4’’),
with a reduced response time due to the transfer of the helium by a

10
carrier gas injected in viscous flow.
In this case, the detector is equipped with an additionnal 1/4” VCR
connector specific to this option.
Stainless steel cover Designed for use of the unit in clean rooms (“Ultra Clean
(UCT) Technology”).
The front and rear covers and frame are made of stainless steal.
11
3/5
A 600
Options
Control panel with The control panel with graphic interface is equipped with a color
touch screen. It allows it to have, as a supplement to the standard
graphic interface control panel functions, a graphic interface.
12
mbar.l/s
Pa.m 3/s
COR Torr.l/s
LEAK RATE
10
-12 10 -11 10 -10 10
-9 10
-8 10
-7 10
-6 10
-5 10
-4 10
-3 10
-2
STDBY EVAC TEST

CYCLE
Control panel racks The leak detector is delivered with 5 m (16 Ft) or 10 m (32 Ft) cables.
13
Standard The standard control panel rack allows to manage the detector:
setting, test, calibration, ...
mbar.l/s
F1 Pa.m 3/s
F2 LEAK RATE COR Torr.l/s

F3 -12 10 -11 10 -10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2
F4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
-3 10 -2 10 -1 1 2 3
10 1 10 10 10 mbar
hPa STDBY EVAC TEST
Torr
NEXT - + RESET INLET PRESSURE

CYCLE

Touchscreen The control panel with graphic interface is equipped with a color
touch screen. It allows it to have, as a supplement to the standard
control panel functions, a graphic interface.
mbar.l/s
Pa.m 3/s
COR Torr.l/s
LEAK RATE
10
-12 10 -11 10 -10 10
-9 10
-8 10
-7 10
-6 10
-5 10
-4 10
-3 10
-2
STDBY EVAC TEST

CYCLE
4/5
A 600
Options
Sniffing This option allows to work in sniffing mode.

The ASI 22 can be fitted with a long distance sniffer probe kit
14
composed of the following:
n a sniffing probe (to order separately A 700)
n a sniffing cell,
n 2 male and female connectors,
n the connecting accessories and the hose.
(Installation B 250)
Câbles lengths 2 cables lengths connecting the electronic module and the detection
15
module are proposed: 2 m (6 ft) ou 5 m (16 ft).
5/5
A 700
Accessories
ASM 192 T2D+

ASM Graph D+
ASM 182 TD+

ASM 192 TD+
ASM 192 T2
Which accessories for
ASM 122 D
ASM 142 D
ASM 102 S
ASM 142 S
ASM 182 T
ASM 192 T
ASM 1002
ASM 142
which model?
ASI 22
Standard remote control and cable* 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Long distance sniffer (LDS) probe 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
10 m/30 feet LDS extension 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Headphone connector (required interface
4 • • • • • • • • • • • •
board)
Transport cart* 5 • • • • •
Foot pedal for cycle command
6 • • • • • • •
(1.5 m/ 5 feet)
Calibrated helium leaks 7 • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Calibration accessory 8 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Spray probe 9 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Interface board* (p/n 107657) A 600 • • • •
Inlet adaptor 10 •
Printer 11
Inlet filter 12 • • • • • • • • • • •
Short distance sniffer probe 13 • • • • • • • • •
Bombing chamber 14 • • • • • • • • • • •
Test chambers 15 • • • • • • • • • • •
Neutral gas vent line kit 16 •
4 swiveling wheels kit 17 • • • •

Covered sniffer probe and remote control
18 •
kit
Bottle handle for cart 19 •
Fitted mini-printer 20 •
*also available in options
1/14
A 700
Accessories
ASM 192 T2D+

ASM Graph D+
ASM 182 TD+

ASM 192 TD+
ASM 192 T2
Which accessories for
ASM 122 D
ASM 142 D
ASM 102 S
ASM 142 S
ASM 182 T
ASM 192 T
ASM 1002
ASM 142
which model?
ASI 22
2005 IS pump 21 •
Pressure measurement kit 22 •
Ventilation kit 23 • •
Control panel with graphic interface*

A 600 • • • •
(p/n: 111716)
Control panel rack *
n Standard - 5 m (15 feet)
cable: p/n 113134
n Standard - 10 m (32 feet)
cable: p/n 112775 A 600 •
n Touchscreen - 5 m (15 feet)
cable: p/n 113133
n Touchscreen - 10 m (32 feet)
cable: p/n 112776
Long distance sniffer kit * (p/n: 104757) A 600 •
Bootle handfe for cart 24 •
Remote control holder 25 •
*Also available in option
2/14
A 700
Accessories
Remote control The remote control is equipped with a magnet allowing the operator
to place it on a magnetized surface. The operator can read the helium
signal and has access to control keys such as cycle command
1 autocalibration and auto-zero.
2 models are available:
• 1 standard for all leak detectors except ASM 102 S / ASM 142 S:
Remote control with 5 m/15 feet cable length:

Designation Part No
Unit: mbar.l/s - Front face in English 106 688
Unit: Torr.l/s - Front face in English 108 881
3
Unit: Pa.m /s - Front face in English 108 880
Unit: Pa.m3/s - Front face in Japanese 106 690
Note: The remote control is delivered in standard with the ASM 192
series and ASM 122 D.
English serigraphy Japanese serigraphy
mbar.l/s
Pa.m3/s
or Torr.l/s
only
or Pa.m3/s
-1 -1
10 10
mbar.l/s Pa.m3/s
• 1 specific for sniffing leak detectors (ASM 102 S / ASM 142 S):
Remote control with 5 m/15 feet cable length:
Designation Part No
Unit: mbar.l/s - Front face in English 112 747
Cable for remote control (remote control not provided):

Designation Part No
Cable of 10 m/394˝ 110 881
Cable of 15 m/591˝ 110 882
Cable of 20 m/787˝ 802 494
Cable of 25 m/984˝ 802 339
Cable of 30 m/1181˝ 802 767
Cable of 35 m/1377˝ 802 768
Cable of 40 m/1575˝ 802 769
Only Cable
Cable of 45 m/1771˝ 802 770
Cable of 50 m/1969˝ 802 771
3/14
A 700
Accessories
Long Distance Sniffer Sniffer probe with a rigid nipple Sniffer probe with a flexible nipple
probe
2
5 m/15 Ft canalisation 10 m/32 Ft canalisation

Rigid nipple Flexible nipple Rigid nipple Flexible nipple
9 cm 30 cm 15 cm 45 cm 9 cm 30 cm 15 cm 45 cm
LDS probe part number SNC1E1T1 SNC1E2T1 SNC1E3T1 SNC1E4T1 SNC2E1T1 SNC2E2T1 SNC2E3T1 SNC2E4T1
Tube Long distance sniffer with short regid nozzle:

Designation Part No
Tube length 20 m/787˝ 802 826
Tube length 30 m/1181˝ 802 827
Tube length 40 m/1575˝ 802 828
Tube length 50 m/1969˝ 802 829
Tube length 60 m/2362˝ 802 830
Nozzle length = 9 cm/3.5”
Tube length 70 m/2756˝ 802 831
Tube length 80 m/3150˝ 802 832
Tube length 90 m/3543˝ 802 833
Tube length 100 m/3937˝ 802 834

Tube Long distance sniffer with long flexible nozzle:
Designation Part No
Tube length 20 m/787˝ 802 835
Tube length 30 m/1181˝ 802 836
Tube length 40 m/1575˝ 802 837
Tube length 50 m/1969˝ 802 838
Tube length 60 m/2362˝ 802 839
Nozzle length = 45 cm/18”
Tube length 70 m/2756˝ 802 840
Tube length 80 m/3150˝ 802 841
Tube length 90 m/3543˝ 802 842
Tube length 100 m/3937˝ 802 843
4/14
A 700
Accessories
10 m/30 feet LDS Used to extend the LDS probe by 10 m/30 feet.
extension Part No: 090216
Headphone connector With the headphone connector, the operator can connect a
headphone to its detector.
4
Part No: A459818
The headphone connector is an accessory but to use it, the

detector must be equipped with the interface board option.
Which headphone used? C 410
Transport cart ASM 182 range

Part No: 111196

5
5/14
A 700
Accessories
Transport cart ASM 142 range
610 mm/24.02 inch
1040 mm/
40.95 inch
It can be fixed to the detector.
(ctd) Part No: 108068
13.18
mm/
inch
335
ASM 142 range
In addition to the standard cart
(p/n 108068), a 4 wheels stainless
steel cart is proposed for 142 series.
Part No: 802862
Foot pedal for cycle Part No: 100913

Part No: 100913
command
(1.5 m/ 5 feet)
6
6/14
A 700
Accessories
Calibrated Helium There are several types of calibrated

leaks leaks, with or without reservoir, with
or without valve, covering several leak
7 ranges. The choice of the appropriate
external calibrated leak depends on the
application requirements.
For further information on the Adixen
calibrated leaks, please refer to our
product catalog or consult your local
A.V.T.F. sales engineer.
Most of the Adixen calibrated leaks are
delivered with a calibration certificate.
Helium 3 and Hydrogen The manufacturer does not supply the calibrated leaks in Helium 3
calibrated leaks and Hydrogen.
Principle All Adixen calibrated leaks are based on permeable membrane

technology.
external calibrated leak Most calibrated leaks last many years even though the helium is
permanently escaping (the leak rate is very small in comparison to the
recalibration
amount of helium contained in the reservoir: yearly loss is indicated
on the calibrated leak identification label).
However, it is recommended to have every calibrated leak (with
reservoir) recalibrated on regular intervals to validate its value: this is
applicable for both internal and external calibrated leaks.
Recalibration period of the calibrated leak depends on its leak rate
value.
Recommendation for proper Quality Control:

THE RECALIBRATION INTERVALS SHOULD NOT EXCEED 2 YEARS.

Please consult your local Alcatel Sales representative for additionnal
information.
Calibration accessory Used to connect the alibrated

leak and the sniffer probe for
a calibration.
8
Model Part No
DN 16 110715
DN 25 110716
7/14
A 700
Accessories
Spray probe Helium spray probe.

Part No: 109951
9
Spray gun
Long nozzle
2 needles
Short nozzle
M 1/4NPT
M 3/8G
5 m plastic tube
M 1/8G
He bottle
Spraying Helium in order to detect a leak is usually very easy,

especially if you need fast and rough detection.
Spraying Helium could also become a technical challenge when you
need to pinpoint very fine leaks, more so, when they are located in
areas with difficult access.
The Helium spray gun is an easy to use and multipurpose tool which
allows you to work in various conditions of test:
• Multi standard: thanks to the 3 different adapters to be connected to
the Helium bottle (M 1/4 NPT, M 3/8G and M 1/8G).
• Multi purpose: thanks to the 2 nozzle lengths of 80 mm / 3.14 inch
and 290 mm / 14.4 inch.
• Standard leak mode: for quick and rough leak tests.
• Fine leak mode.
The Helium spray gun is provided with 2 standard needles wich allow
the adjustment of the Helium flow at the outlet of the nozzle.
Inlet adaptor Adaptator plug is necessary to connect the calibrated leak to the inlet
part (test chamber) of the detector.
10
Part No: 067791
Printer The manufacturer does not supply the printers. The printer should be
connected to the leak detector and have the following characteristics:
11
- RS232 serial type
- 40 columns minimum.
8/14
A 700
Accessories
Inlet filters
12 Designation DN Flange Part No
70 μm stainless steel mesh filter 16 072 721
20 μm inlet filter 25/25 105 841
20 μm inlet filter Ø 114 mm 105 847
5 μm inlet filter Ø 114 mm 105 848
O’ring, Ø 5 mm Ø 114 mm 082 152
Short distance sniffer Temperature coefficient: 7 % per °Celcius.

probe (to be Standard leak rate: 2x10-4 mbar.l/s
Able to measure helium concentration inside water or liquids.
connected
to the inlet part of a
leak detector):

Sniffer probe with membrane,
40 067 683
DN 40 flange and a 1.5 meter tube (5 ft)
40 067 677
DN 40 flange
25 103 592
DN 25 flange
Sniffer probe with membrane and Ø
067 678
14 mm O.D. smooth tube connection 14 mm
9/14
A 700
Accessories
Bombing chamber
Bombing chamber 10 bars
- 786 396
(Ø 150 - L 200 - Vol.: 3.5 l)
Bombing chamber 25 bars
- 786 397
(Ø 150 - L 200 - Vol.: 6.4 l)
Adaptator DN 25 to USA 1 1/8 OD tube 25 795 716
Adaptator DN 40 to USA 1 1/8 OD tube 40 067 890
Test chambers • Small test chamber: hemispherical

test chamber, Ø 72 mm, depth 31 mm
15
• Medium test chamber: cylindrical
test chamber, Ø 85 mm, depth 68 mm
• Large test chamber: cylindrical test

chamber, Ø 160 mm, depth 100 mm
Designation Part No
Small test chamber DN 25 (1) 802 452
Medium test chamber DN 25 (1) 802 455

Medium test chamber DN 40 (2)) 802 456
Medium test chamber DN 50 (3) 802 457
Large test chamber DN 40 for ASM 182 T/TD+ 802 458
Large test chamber DN 40 for ASM 192 T/TD+ 802 459
Large test chamber DN 50 for ASM 192 T2/T2D+ 802 460
(1) ASM 142 - ASM 142 D - ASM 122 D

(2) ASM 122 D - ASM 182 T/TD+ - ASM 192 T/TD+
(3) ASM 192 T2/T2D+
10/14
A 700
Accessories
Neutral gas vent Part No: 801421

line kit
16
Neutral gas vent line kit
4 swiveling wheels kit Soft wheel: improve the mobility

(Ø 125 mm)
Customers have the possibility to lock
17 1, 2, 3 or 4 wheels independently.
Part No: 801846

11/14
A 700
Accessories
Covered sniffer probe Length = 5 m/197” Remote control:

mbar.l/s - English
and remote control kit
18
Long distance sniffer probe
Part No: 802844
Bottle handle for cart

19
Bottle handle for cart p/n 111196

Part No: 802819
12/14
A 700
Accessories
Built-in Part No: 100728

n The mini-printer can print out test result tickets or a record of all the
mini-printer important events involving the detector:
20 - calibration,
- faults,
- changes in settings,
- etc.
n Connection B 250
n Maintenance kit: P/N 100807 (5 rolls of paper + 2 ribbons)
n Paper characteristics:
Grade A. wood free 57 x 50mm, 12 mm diameter, color: white
Ink: ERC - 09 or ERC - 22 for EPSON
2005 IS Pump n Characteristics:

– 2 stages pump
21
– flow rate: 4 m3/h
– connector for LDS
– voltages should be specified when ordering
– supplied without connecting accessories.
– accessories fot primary pump:
• filter OME 25 S - P/N 104200
• filter cartridge - P/N 068304
n Part No to command:
205 SIM X X M
M = with mineral oil
A = USA
J = Japan
E = with mineral oil
K = U. K.
S = Switzerland
L = 100/115 V - 50/60 Hz
H = 200/240 V - 50/60 Hz
13/14
A 700
Accessories
Pressure measurement Part No: 104761

The ASI 22 can be fitted with a pressure measurement kit.
kit
22 It is composed of the following:
n a stainless steel PI3C gauge,
n a gauge-unit connection cable, l.: 5 meters/197".
Installation: B 250
Ventilation Kit Part No: 104762

The ASI 22 can be fitted with a detection module
23
ventilation kit. It is composed of the following:
n a fan and its support,
n a connection cable.
The long distance sniffer probe should be ordered separately.
Installation: B 250
Bottle handle for cart

24
Part No: 112 532 (Ø 135-145)

112 533 (Ø 177)
14/14
A 800
ASM 142
Technical characteristics
Measurement range Crossover pressure

(Helium) (at inlet)
mbar.l/s Pa.m3/s mbar Pa
Gross leak test mode 1x10-9 to 1 1x10-10 to 0.1 10 1000
Normal test mode 1x10-11 to3x10-4 1x10-12 to 3x10-5 5x10-1 50
Sniffing test mode 1x10-7 to 1x10-1 1x10-8 to 1 sniffer probe at atm. pressure
Response time (Inlet port blanked off) < 0.5 s
Helium pumping speed at inlet port:

Gross leak test mode (at minimum inlet pressure) 1.1 l/s
Normal test mode (at minimum inlet pressure) 1.3 l/s
Roughing pump characteristics:

Roughing pump pumping speed (in air) 10 m3/h
Analyzer cell (Spectro):

Analyzer cell design self protected 180° magnetic deflection mass spectrometer
Analyzer cell filament 2 separate tungsten filaments
Analyzer cell sensitivity 3x10-4 A/mbar
Emission current range 0.2 to 2 mA
Displays adjustments:
Inlet port pressure display range 103 to 10-3 mbar
105 to 10-1 Pa
1/2
A 800
ASM 142
Audio alarm: 90 dB frequency modulated and adjustable audio signal

Hard vacuum Audio signal set point Adjustable throughout the entire measuring range
Sniffing Audio set point Adjustable throughout the entire measuring range
Start-up time (average, at 20 °C):

Without autocalibration 1 min 3 s ± 10 %
With autocalibration 2 min 15 s ± 10 %
Time to reach test mode inlet port connected to connected to

(Hard vacuum test): blanked-off 1.6 liter volume 12.5 liter volume
Gross leak test mode 1.8 s 4s 30 s
Normal test mode 2.3 s 8s 1 min 03 s
Miscellaneous:
Power voltage low voltage : 100 - 130 V ± 10%
high voltage : 200 - 240 V ± 10%
Power frequency 50/60 Hz single phase
Power consumption (maximum) < 1kW
Start-up temperature 10 to 45° C
Ambient operating temperature 0 to 45° C
Storage temperature -25° C to 70° C
Storage temperature (detector equipped with the graphic interface -20° C to 60° C
control panel) max. 48 h at -20° C
max. 168 h at 60° C

Humidity (detector equipped with the
Ta ≤ 40° C Ta > 40° C
graphic interface control panel)
85 % relative humidity max. Absolute humidity must be
lower than the humidy of
85 % relative humidity at
40° C (43.4 g/m3 in the air)
Noise level (at 1 meter; audio alarm not operational, stand by mode) 57 dBA
House protection level 20C IP
Weight 56 kg /123 lb
Inlet DN 25
2/2
A 801
ASM 142 D - ASM Graph D+
Measurement range Crossover pressure

(Helium) (at inlet)
mbar.l/s Pa.m3/s mbar Pa
Gross leak test mode 1x10-9 to 1 1x10-10 to 0.1 10 1000
Normal test mode 1x10-11 to 3x10-4 1x10-12 to 3x10-5 5x10-1 50
Sniffing test mode 1x10-7 to 1x10-1 1x10-6 to 1 sniffer probe at atm. pressure
Response time (Inlet port blanked off) < 0.5 s
Helium pumping speed at inlet port:

Gross leak test mode (at minimum inlet pressure) 1.1 l/s
Normal test mode (at minimum inlet pressure) 1.3 l/s
Roughing pump characteristics:

Roughing pump pumping speed (in air) (ASM 142 D) 1 m3/h
Roughing pump pumping speed (in air) (ASM Graph D+) 14 m3/h
Analyzer cell (Spectro):

Analyzer cell design self protected 180° magnetic deflection mass spectrometer
Analyzer cell filament 2 separate tungsten filaments
Analyzer cell sensitivity 3x10-4 A/mbar
Emission current range 0.2 to 2 mA
Displays adjustments:
Inlet port pressure display range 103 to 10-3 mbar
105 to 10-1 Pa
Audio alarm: 90 dB frequency modulated and adjustable audio signal

Hard vacuum Audio signal set point Adjustable throughout the entire measuring range
Sniffing Audio set point Adjustable throughout the entire measuring range
Start-up time (average, at 20° C) (ASM 142 D):

With autocalibration 3 min 5 s ± 10 %
Start-up time (average, at 20° C) (ASM Graph D+):

With autocalibration 3 min ± 10 %
1/2
A 801
Time to reach test mode

inlet port connected to connected to
(Hard vacuum test)
blanked-off 1.6 liter volume 12.5 liter volume
(ASM 142 D):
Gross leak test mode 3.5 s 21 s 2 min 15 s
Normal test mode 5s 24 s 2 min 37 s
Time to reach test mode

inlet port connected to connected to
(Hard vacuum test)
blanked-off 1.6 liter volume 12.5 liter volume
(ASM 142 Graph +):
Gross leak test mode 3.5 s 7s 45 s
Normal test mode 5s 11 s 1 min 11 s
Miscellaneous:
Power voltage low voltage : 100 - 130 V ±10%
high voltage : 200 - 240 V ± 10%
Power frequency 50/60 Hz simple phase
Power consumption (maximum) < 500 W
Start-up temperature 10 to 35° C
Ambient operating temperature 0 to 35° C
Storage temperature -25° C to 70° C
Storage temperature (detector equipped with the graphic interface -20° C to 60° C
control panel) max. 48 h at -20° C
max. 168 h at 60° C
Humidity (detector equipped with Ta ≤ 40° C Ta > 40° C

the graphic interface control 85 % relative humidity max. Absolute humidity must be
panel) lower than the humidy of
85 % relative humidity at
40° C (43.4 g/m3 in the air)
Noise level (at 1 meter; audio alarm not operational, stand by mode) (ASM 142 D) 50 dBA
Noise level (at 1 meter; audio alarm not operational, stand by mode) (ASM Graph D+) 60 dBA
House protection level 20C IP
Weight (ASM 142 D) 42 kg/92 lb
Weight (ASM Graph D+) 71 kg/156 lb
Inlet DN 25
2/2
428 (16.8)
403 (15.8)
235 (9.2)
357 (14)
158 (6.2) 90
(3.5)
110
(4.3)
Dimensions (mm/inch)
517 (20.3)
A 900
1/1
917
(36.1)
357
841
(14.1)
(33.1)
158
131
(6.2)
(5.2)
ASM Graph D+
109
(4.3)
Dimensions (mm/inch)
852
(33.5)
A 901
1/1
CHINA JAPAN SWEDEN
Alcatel Vacuum Technology, Shanghai Alcatel-Lucent Japan Ltd. Adixen Sensistor AB.
N°82 Lane 887 Zuchongzhi Road 1-9-4 Kita Shin-Yokohama Box 76
Zhangjiang High-Tech Park, Kohoku-ku SE-581 02 Linköping
Shanghai 201203 Yokohama, Kanagawa 223-0059 Sweden
China Japan Tel. 46 (0)13 35 59 00
Tel. (86) 21 5027 0628 Tel. (81) 3 6431 7130 Fax. 46 (0)13 35 59 01
Fax. (86) 21 3895 3815 Fax. (81) 45 544 0049
FRANCE KOREA TAIWAN

Alcatel Vacuum Technology France Alcatel Vacuum Technology Korea Alcatel Vacuum Technology Taïwan
98, avenue de Brogny - BP 2069 447 Banwol-dong, Hawsung-si, No. 169-3, Sec.1, Kang-Leh Rd
74009 Annecy cedex 445-330 Kyungki-do, Song-Lin Village, Hsin-Feng 304
France South Korea Hsin-Chu County
Tel. (33) 4 50 65 77 77 Tel. (82) 031-206-6277 Taïwan - R.O.C.
Fax. (33) 4 50 65 77 89 Fax. (82) 031-204-6279 Tel. (886) 3 559 9230
Fax.(886) 3559 9231
GERMANY NETHERLANDS UNITED KINGDOM

Alcatel Hochvakuumtechnik GmbH ALCATEL Vacuum Technology Benelux Alcatel Vacuum Technology UK Ltd
Am Kreuzeck 10 - Postfach 1151 Landzichtweg 60 8 Bain Square - Kirkton Campus
97877 Wertheim NL 4105 DP Culemborg Livingston - West Lothian
Germany The Netherlands EH54 7DQ - Scotland
Tel. (49) 9342 9610 0 Tel. (31) 345 478 400 United Kingdom
Fax. (49) 9342 9610 30 Fax. (31) 345 531 076 Tel. (44) 1 506 418 000
Fax. (44) 1 506 418 002
ITALY SINGAPORE USA

Alcatel Vacuum Systems Alcatel-Lucent Singapore Alcatel Vacuum Products
Via Trento, 30 49 Jalan Pemimpin 67, Sharp Street
20059 Vimercate (Mi) #01-02 APS Industrial Building Hingham - MA 02043
Italy 577203 USA
Tel. (39) 0396 86 38 55 Singapore Tel. (1) 781 331 4200
Fax. (39) 039 66 71 25 Tel. (65) 6254 0828 Fax. (1) 781 331 4230
Fax. (65) 6254 7018
Alcatel Vacuum Technology France - 98, avenue de Brogny - BP 2069 - 74009 Annecy cedex - FRANCE
Tel. (33) 4 50 65 77 77 - Fax. (33) 4 50 65 77 89
Web site: www.adixen.com
B
Installation
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
B 100 Safety instructions

- Generalities
- Pump labels
- Leak detector labels
- Contact the manufacturer in case of emergency
B 110 Unpacking - Storage - Transportation

- Unpacking
- Precautionary measures for the leak detector transportation
- Supplies
- Storage
- Fixed mounting
- Transport
- Precautionary measures for the leak detector installation
B 200 Neutral gas purge and inlet vent connection

- Products concerned
- Connection to the leak detector
- Use
- Gas characteristics
B 201 Neutral gas purge installation (accessory) - ASM 142

- Object
- Material
- Installation
B 210 Connecting the detector to the installation
B 211 Connecting the detector to the installation: ASM Graph D+
B 300 Controlling the detector with the I/O interface

- Purpose of the I/O interface
- Location of the I/O interface
- Prepare the connector wiring
- The controls (inputs)
- The signals (outputs)
- 24 V DC Power supply
1/2
B
Installation
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
B 310 Controlling the detector with a PC computer through the RS 232 interface
- Purpose of the PC computer interface
- Location of the RS 232 interface
- RS 232 interface instructions
- Commands available for your leak detector
- RS 232 interface setting
- Connection checking of RS 232 interface
B 320 Connecting the detector directly to a printer or another device

- Purpose of the printer interface
- Location of the printer interface
- Connector description
- Communication mode description
- Connection to the printer
- Tickets available
B 400 Before starting up the leak detector

- Check power voltage
- Check the oil level of the rotary vane pump (ASM 142 - ASM 142 S)
- Installation
2/2
B 100
Safety instructions

could result in property damage.

could result immoderate or minor injury. It may also be used to alert
against unsafe practices.
CAUTION

could result in death or severe injury.
WARNING
Indicated an imminently hazardous situation that, if not avoided,

will result in death or severe injury (extreme situations).
WARNING
Generalities
• Our products are designed to comply with current EEC
regulations. Any modification of the product made by the user is
liable to lead non-compliance with the regulations, or even to put
into doubt the EMC (ElectroMagnetic Compatibility) performance
and safety of the product. The manufacturer declines any
responsability for such operations.
• The EMC performance of the product is obtained on the

condition that the installation complies with the EMC rules.
In particular, in disturbed environments, it is essential to:

- use shielded cables and connections for interfaces,
- stabilize the power supply line with meshing from the power
supply source to a distance of 3 m from the product inlet.
Before switching on the pump, the user should study the manual
and follow the safety instructions listed in this conformity
declaration booklet delivered with the produit.
• The leak detectors must be connected to an electrical installation
in compliance with decree 88-1056 of 14 th November 1988.
Risk of toppling: altough the products comply with ECC

regulations, it is important to take precautions to avoid
CAUTION toppling during handling, installation and operation.
1/6
B 100
Safety instructions
Certain detectors are fitted with oil pumps: the oil load
needed for pump operation is in separate cans. We also
CAUTION recommend that the user drains the pump before re-shipping
the equipment.
When relevant, remove the protection which blocks the

outlet of the pump, on the rear of the leak detector. We
CAUTION recommended connecting this outlet to a gas evacuation
circuit for the oil seal pump. This circuit should have as little
excess pressure as possible (less than 0.3 bar).
Storage of the equipment: our equipment can be stored

without special precautions for up to 3 months (room
CAUTION temperature between 5°C and 40°C). For longer periods,
factors such as humidity content, temperature, salty
atmosphere, etc., can cause damage to certain «sensitive»
parts (elastomer seals, lubricant, etc.).
Check the pumping conditions of the detector: the leak

detectors are not equipped for pre-pumping of corrosive
CAUTION gases, condensable vapours of liquids, even in small
quantities.
The manufacturer can not take any responsability or apply

any warranty on a leak detector which is used with a
CAUTION presence of corrosive or dangerous gases: all our leak
detectors are not designed to pump dangerous substances.
A helium leak detection operation must be made in a safe

environment for the user and the equipment: all precautions
WARNING must be taken by the user of the leak detector in that respect
(especially to eliminate the presence of chemicaly, aggressive,
toxic or hazardous substance prior to the test operation).
The manufacturer has no control over the types of gases passing
through the pumps.
Ensure that parts or enclosures connected to the inlet of the

detectors can handle a pressure drop of 1 bar relative to
CAUTION atmospheric pressure.
If the detector rotates in an axis perpendicular to the axis of

rotation of the secondary pump, there is a risk of seizure of
CAUTION the secondary pump.
2/6
B 100
Safety instructions
When the device is switched off, avoid touching the pins of

the mains plug. Residual voltages due to filter capacitors can
WARNING provoke an electrical shock.
When the main electrical switch on the detector is set to «0»,

the part supply between the power plug and the main switch
WARNING remains energized.
Risk of electrical shock in case of contact.
Disconnect main electrical cable before servicing.
Hazardous voltage enclosed.

Voltage or current hazard sufficient to cause shock.
WARNING Disconnect and lockput power before servicing.
Any intervention must be done by trained personnel only.
When the leak detector is switched off, internal parts

(monitoring, frequency converter) contain capacitors charged
WARNING with over 60 VDC and remain energized.
Electrical shock may result in severe injury.
Wait 5 minutes after switching off before opening the leak
detector.
Other located hazardous energies: Nitrogen purge,

pressurized hazardous energies. Release pressure before
WARNING servicing, disconnect the gas line quick connector and turn off
the pressure regulator by turning the knob counter-clockwise.
Operating conditions may generate

temperatures justifying particular
attention on the part of the user

(external surfaces > 70°C on
exhaust connections).
Contact may cause burns.
Always use gloves before servicing.
3/6
B 100
Safety instructions
Pump labels
Located on the rear of the pump, this label warns the user against
possible risk of injury due to any hand contact with hot surfaces.
It states that protective gloves should be used before performing any
intervention.
Located on the upper cover, this label indicates that due to its heavy
weight, the product should not be handled manually, but always
through appropriate handling devices.
Located on the upper cover, this label indicates that some of the
internal parts are energized and could cause electrical shocks in case
of contact. It advizes to disconnect the pump before any intervention
or to properly lock-out and tag-out the equipment breaker before any
intervention on the pump.
Leak detector labels

Located near the main power switch, this label indicates that after
disconnecting power supply, the operator should wait 5 minutes
before working on the leak detector.
Located near the main power switch, this label indicates that the

product has been customized in factory, according to customer order.
Located at the top of the frame, near the exhaust port, this label
indicates that the exhaust port should not be blocked.
4/6
B 100
Safety instructions
Located near the main power switch, these labels indicate the leak
detector power voltage.
Located near the main power switch, this label indicates that the main
power cable should be disconnected before maintenance.
This label indicates that the leak detector is conformed to the R.O.H.S.
directives.
Located near the main power switch, this label indicates the part
number of the leak detector and its serial number.
NOTICE
PUMP IS SHIPPED WITHOUT
OIL INSTALLED
consult maintenance manual
CAUTION Located on the cover, this label indicates that the product has been
Recto drained before leaving factory.
It should be fill with oil before running.
ATTENTION
POMPE LIVREE SANS HUILE
A L’INTERIEUR
consulter le manuel d’utilisation
ATTENTION
Verso
5/6
B 100
Safety instructions
Located at the upper cover, this label

indicates that the leak detector could not
be moved in all positions.
Located inside (a) or outside (b) the

packaging box, this tilt indicator indicates
that the box has been tipped.
a b

Contact the In case of emergency or equipment failure, please contact your
manufacturer in case service manager of your local service center (see addresses at the
of emergency back of the manual).
6/6
B 110
Unpacking - Storage - Transportation
Unpacking When the equipment is received, unpack it carefully.

Keep the packaging box for possible return.
Check the packaging tilt indicator of the detector.
Before opening, check the name of the model and the serial number.
Precautionary
measures for
the leak detector
transportation
ASM 142 - Use an hoist equipped with slings attached to

ASM 142 S - the leak detector handles to extract it from its
packaging.
ASM 142 D
Note:
If the operator doesn’t use an
hoist, 2 people are necessary
to extract and carry the leak
detector.
Weight: A 800
Notch for
handling hook
In the event of an anomaly, take the necessary action with the

shipper and notify the manufacturer if necessary.
l/4
B 110
ASM 142 Graph D+ To carry ASM Graph D+, 2 people are necessary. Not to use
neither the cart handle, nor detector handles: you must imperatively
raise it by lower of the cart.
Cart handle
I
Detector handle Detector handle
III
II
l person
l person
2 people to carry the ASM Graph D+
2/4
B 110
Supplies The following parts are supplied with your detector:
ASM
SUPPLIES ASM 142 ASM 142 S ASM 142 D Graph D+
User’s Manual ASM l42 / l42 D x x x
Condensed
manual Condensed manual ASM l42 / l42 D x x x
User’s Manual ASM l42 S x
Condensed manual ASM l42 S x
Oil + Funnel x x
A calibration certificate of the internal
x x(l) x x
calibrated leak
l allen wrench # 5 x x x x
lscrewdriver x x x x
l vacuum hose x x
l vacuum connector x x
Stikers units x
l allen wrench # 2,5 x
l LDS probe x
Manual RS 232 (option) x x x x
(l) If internal calibrated leak option
If one of these parts is missing, contact the manufacturer immediately.
Storage For prolonged storage, factors such as temperature, humidity, saline

atmosphere, etc. may damage the detector elements.
Please call your local representative for further information.
Before starting up after storage for over six months, it is recommended

to change all the seals (contact customer service).
The seals kits must be kept away from heat and light (direct sunlight
and ultraviolet light) in order to prevent hardening of the elastomers.
3/4
B 110
Fixed mounting The ASM l42 can be fixed on a support: a threaded hole is available
on the bottom of the unit to place a screw to keep it secure to a
working surface such as a bench (except ASM Graph D+).
M8 screw
(30 + x) mm< L < (45 + x) mm
Transport Before expedition, we advise you to drain the primary pump to avoid
any oil split (only ASM l42 - ASM l42 S).
Don’t move leak detector when AMP pump is running.
We advise for any transport to use the original packaging and to

wedge the detector carefully into the box.
Precautionary Only for ASM Graph D+

measures for the leak The cart is equipped with 4 pivoting wheets with brake.
detector installation It is forbidden to place the cart on a sloping surface (> l %) without
take precautions for its translation stop.
4/4
B 200
Neutral gas purge and inlet vent
connection
Products concerned Inlet vent Neutral gas purge

ASM 182 / 192 T

ASM 192 T2
ASM 182 / 192 TD+
 (2)
ASM 192 T2D+
ASM 142 (1)
ASM 142 D
(MDP 5006 HDS)(3)
ASM Graph D+
ASM 142 S
ASM 102 S
ASM 122 D  (2)
ASM 1002 
(1) Requires a special inlet vent kit installation ( A 700).
(2) Male connector delivered with the leak detector.
(3) Male connector not delivered with the leak detector.
Model : Male connector R 1/4 BSPT.
Connection to the leak B 210 / B 211

detector
Neutral gas purge If no purge system is connected to connector which is connected to
ASM 182/192 TD+ detector, the neutral gas purge is to the ambiant air and maintened an
air flow inside the leak detector.
ASM 192 T2D+
ASM 142 D
Neutral gas purge Even if the leak detector does not use the neutral gas purge, the
ASM 122 D male connector delivered with the leak detector should always be
connected to leak detector.
Inlet vent The inlet vent status (open or closed) depends on the parameters set
by the operator ( C 500).
If
no inlet vent system is connected, the inlet vent is connected to the
ambiant air.
1/2
B 200
Neutral gas purge and inlet vent
connection
Use
Neutral gas purge Used to limit the leak detector internal pollution.
Used to accelerate the cleanup of the helium background noise in
the pumps after detecting a significant leak.
Make high sensitivity testing easier due to the decreasing and
stabilization of the helium background noise.
As a supplement to the neutral gas purge, use the “Depollution”
function C 560 (except ASM 142 S/ASM 102 S).
In case of a big flow of Helium into the leak detector (very big
leak detected), the recovery time (time for the display to go
CAUTION back to normal Helium background value) is 10 times longer
when the neutral gas purge is obturated than when it is open.
In usual average test conditions, there is however no major
difference.
Inlet vent Used to accelerate the cleanup of the helium background noise in
the leak detector after detecting a significant leak.
Make high sensitivity testing easier due to the decreasing and
stabilization of the helium background noise.
Allows to regulate the gas flow inside the leak detector, leak
detector in stand-by.
Gas characteristics
Type Nitrogen is typically the neutral gas used but you can use any gas on
the condition that it is poor in helium (concentration ≤ 1 ppm).
Take care with the ambiant air: it should not be polluted with helium.
Quality/purity According to the installation or item to test. The gas should be clean,
dry, without dust, no toxic.
Use pressure 0.3 ± 0.1 bar relative (≈ 20 psia/5 psig).
If the inlet vent pressure is too high, the inlet valve will always
stay closed, off even if the inlet valve is "ON".
Purge flow ASM 122 D - ASM 142 D: ≤ 5 sccm

ASM 182 TD+: ≤ 50 sccm
2/2
B 201
Neutral gas purge installation (accessory)
ASM 142
Object This accessory allows to connect to the standard air inlet of the
detector a neutral gas purge.
Material Accessory 16 A 700
Installation
N2 port N2 vent line Filter to be N2 vent line connected

removed to the filter port
1/1
B 210
Connecting the detector to the
installation
Main power
cable
Main power
switch
10 -2
10 -3
10 -4
COR ZERO
10 -5
10 -6
INLET
TEST 10 -7
10 3
10
2 10 -8
HIGH
10 1 10 -9
Remote control
1
10 -10
-1 SNIF
10
10 -11
(accessories).
10 -2
VENT
10 -3 10 -12
mbar mbar.l/s
C 400
CYCLE
AUTO C AL ZER O
Inlet port DN 25
LDS Probe
A 700
Primary pump
purge
B 320 (option) (ASM 142 only)
B 200
Exhaust
connector
External control
system
Controlling the detector with a PC (I/O Interface)
computer through the RS 232 interface:
Refer to the RS 232 User’s Manual B 300
delivered with your detector.
PC (option) (option)
B 310
1/1
B 211
Connecting the detector to the
installation: ASM graph D+
B 210
Main power
cable
Main power
switch
B 210
Bottle handle for cart fixation Holes

A 700
1/1
B 300
Controlling the detector with the I/O
interface
Purpose of the I/O The I/O interface makes it possible to control the leak detector with a
PLC or any other external control device.
interface
Location of the I/O The I/O interface is available on a Sub D. 25 pin Female connector
interface located on the back of the leak detector.
B 210
Prepare the
connector wiring
(Sub D. 25 pin male
connector) The common points of
the controls are pins 12
and 21.
It is recommended to use a shielded cable which is grounded on the

connector cap.
The controls 22 Cycle Sniffing start/stop

(inputs) 23 Calibration Autocalibration sequence start
24 Zero Zero function start
25 Inlet vent Vent mode selection
The signals Dry contacts:

Direct current: 60 V - 60 W or 2 A max
(outputs)
Alternative current: 40 V - 125 VA or 2 A max
Closed contact:
4 - 17 Sniffer mode (LDS)
6 - 19 Detector ready to test. Good part (PASS)

5 - 18 Defect
7 - 20 Cycle start
8 -9 Detector ready to test. Bad part (FAIL)
2 -15 Analog output 0 - 10 VDC corrected Exponent Helium signal
1 - 14 0 - 8 VDC tracer gas analogic output
3 - 16 Corrected Mantissa Helium signal
Nota :  300
1 - 2 - 3 = internal ground
12 = common (external ground)
21 = common (external ground)
1/2
B 300
Controlling the detector with the I/O
interface
24 V DC Power supply Pin No 24 V DC power supply

10, 11, 13 If SW1 on P0307 interface board is closed
(upper position)
+24V DC (maximum current 350 mA)
supplied by leak detector
If SW1 is open (lower position)

(+) point for customer external power supply (24 V)
12, 21 If SW1 on P0307 interface board is closed
(upper position)
Ground
If SW1 is open (lower position)

(-) point for customer external power supply
SW1
+ 24 V J3.10
detector F1
350 mA J3.11
J3.13
GND
J3.21

J3.12
2/2
B 310
Controlling the detector with a PC
computer through the RS 232 interface
Purpose of the PC The RS 232 interface makes it possible to control the leak detector
computer interface with a PC compatible computer.
Location of the It is a Sub D 9 pin Male connector.

RS 232 interface
Connect the detector to the installation B 210/211
RS 232 interface A specific manual describes to the operator all the commands
instructions available with the RS 232 manufacturer protocol.
It is delivery with your leak detector.
Commands Only the commands which correspond to the fonctions of your leak
available for your detector are available.
leak detector See details in the RS 232 User’s manual.
RS 232 interface 2x
setting Mode
Adjustment
C 110
(1x for
NEXT
ASM 142 S Adjustment

Handshake
and ASM 102 S)
Connection checking You can start up an autotest in order to check the connection PC/leak
of RS 232 interface detector.
Leak detector stationary, connect the both ends of RS 232 cable
(depending on wiring recommended) on each of Sub 9 pins
connectors.
1/2
B 310
Controlling the detector with a PC
computer through the RS 232 interface
Procedure 1 -
2x
Mode = autotest
(1x for
NEXT
ASM 142 S
and ASM 102 S)
2 - The first line of LCD screen is:
........ RS232 ***** 5 stars

...
F1 on ...
...
3- F4 the autotest is started and F1 flash on
Following different tests, the stars are replaced by numbers.

If the autotest is accomplished, the first line LCD screen become:
........ RS232 12345

...
...
...
2/2
B 320
Connecting the detector directly to a printer
or another device
Purpose of the printer The Printer interface makes it possible to connect the leak detector to
interface a printer, an external loudspeaker or a headphone.
Location of the printer It is a Sub D 9 pin Male connector.

interface B 210/211
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
Connector description Pin # Function Communication protocol

1 External Mode Asynchronous
loudspeaker
2 Rx Bauds 9600
3 Tx Bits 8
4 NA Parity None
5 Ground Stop bit 1
6 Headphone Parity control None
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 Internal use only. Don’t connect it
Headphone and loudspeaker C 410

Communication mode Configuration tickets are sent out.
description
Connection
to the printer 1 5 1 5
6 9 6 9
Leak detector Printer serial port
1/5
B 320
or another device
Tickets available
Ticket Example Print
Configuration 1 Only available for Customer Service
Internal calibration
2
with internal leak Automatic print after an internal calibration with internal/external
Internal calibration leak: refer to C 301
3
with external leak
Calibration Automatic print after a calibration checking with internal leak:
checking with 5
internal leak refer to C 302
Automatic print at the test end: refer to C 211 / 212

Test 6
Memo function must be active C 550
2/5
B 320
or another device
Configuration ticket
1
ASM1002 CONFIGURATION TICKET MAINTENANCE MENUS

VERSION: L125v1.0 r00 high vac.mnt.periodicity(hours): 12000
DATE:Jan/01/2003 TIME:00:00:07 high vac. mnt.due in(hours): 12000
filament#1 running time(hours): 0
SET-POINTS MENUS filament#2 running time(hours): 0
audio level: 3 customed mnt.period.(cycles): 5.0E+05
digital voice level: 3 customed mnt.due in(cycles): 5.0E+05
hard vacuum alarm: fixed bicolore remote: yes
hard vacuum reject point: 1.0E-07 primary pump1 used: yes
sniffing alarm: fixed primary pump2 used: no
sniffing reject point: 1.0E-04
sniffer probe clogged reject: 1.0E-06 OTHER MENUS
bargraph zoom on reject point: no test mode selection: normal
depollution function: off inlet vent mode: chamber
pollution reject point: 1.0E-05 inlet vent delay(sec): 0
antipollution GL function: on inlet vent open timer us: no
pollution reject point: 3.0E-04 inlet vent timer value(min/sec): 00:09
memo. function active: no hard vacuum correction: off
memo. display timer: no hard vacuum cor.coefficient: 1.00E+00
memo. timer value(min:s): 00:10 sniffing correction: off
cycle end function: operator sniffing cor.coefficient: 1.00E+00
roughing overlap timer: on unit: mbar.l/sec
roughing timer value(min:s): 00:10 display language: english
test timer value(min:s): 00:10 user interface: #4
start.timer value(min:s): 00:05 password value: 5555
background suppression
activation: operator TYPICAL VACUUM VALUES
trigger: reject point Pu_gf:1.00000 Mu_gf :1.0E+06
GL setpoint (mbar) 1.0E+02 Pu_n :1.00000 Mu_n :00001.0
Normal setpoint (mbar) 1.0E-01 Mu_rld:00015.0
SPECTRO MENUS DATE AND TIME VALUES

automatic calibration: off last stop: Jan/01/2003 00:00:00
calibration check: operator last start: Jan/01/2003 00:00:02
every: 0050 cycles last calib.ok: Jan/01/2003 00:00:00
every: 0010 hours

detector counter (h:m:s): 00000:00:50
filament in use: 2
electronic zero: 110
acceleration voltage(V): 217
electronic current(mA): 0.0
sensitivity coefficient: 01.00
He calibrated leak
location: internal
value: 1.0E-07
unit: mbar.l/sec
year: 2003
loss per year(%): 2.00
temperature(C): 20
temp.coefficient(%/C): 3.00
3/5
B 320
or another device
Calibration ticket with DATE:Jan/01/2003 TIME:00:03:17

internal calibrated leak ASM1002 CALIBRATION gas: He
unit: mbar.l/sec
2
CALIBRATED LEAK PARAMETERS:
location: internal
value: 1.0E-07
unit: mbar.l/sec
calibration year: 2003
loss per year (%): 2.00
calibration temperature (C): 20
temperature coefficient (%/C): 3.00
TARGET PARAMETERS:
current internal temperature (C): 25
target value: 1.2E-07
ELECTRONIC ZERO:
done: yes
PEAK SEARCH :
search yes
SIGNAL RECORDS (no calibrated):
global: 1.3E-07
background: 7.1E-11
CALIBRATION INFORMATIONS:
total time(sec): 74
result: COMPLETED
CURRENT ASM1002 CALIBRATION:

DATE:Jan/01/2003 TIME:00:03:00
Fil:1 Ie=0.6 Vacc=232 Coef_sens:00.86
Calibration ticket with DATE:Jan/01/2003 TIME:00:05:03

external calibrated leak ASM1002 CALIBRATION gas: He
Unit : mbar.l/sec
3
CALIBRATED LEAK PARAMETERS:
location: external
value: 1.0E-05
unit: mbar.l/sec

calibration year: 2003
loss per year (%): 2.00
calibration temperature (C): 20
temperature coefficient (%/C): 3.00
TARGET PARAMETERS:
current external temperature (C): 22
target value: 1.1E-05
ELECTRONIC ZERO:
done: no
PEAK SEARCH :
search no
SIGNAL RECORDS(no calibrated):
global: 2.0E-05
background: 3.0E-09
CALIBRATION INFORMATIONS:
total time(sec): 64
result: COMPLETED
CURRENT ASM1002 CALIBRATION:

DATE:Jan/01/2003 TIME:00:05:02
Fil:1 Ie=0.6 Vacc=232 Coef_sens:00.52
4/5
B 320
or another device
Calibration checking ticket CALIBRATION INFORMATIONS:

with internal leak DATE|Jan/01/2003 TIME|01:19:23
current internal temperature(C)| 24
5 current coef.sens| 00.78
global rate| 1.10E-07
background rate| 5.22E-11
calibrated leak-rate| 1.10E-07
target value| 1.10E-07
percent allowance (+/-)| 15
RESULT(%)| -0
Test ticket DATE:Jan/01/2003

HOUR CASE PRESSURE LEAKRATE
6 00:28:26 start 3.8E+01 3.4E-11
00:28:55 GL 1.2E-02 1.4E-09
00:29:40 NR 6.3E-05 9.1E-06
00:29:45 stop 5.8E-05 1.1E-05 Leak value
NR
DATE:Jan/01/2003
HOUR CASE PRESSURE LEAKRATE
01:02:31 start 6.5E+01 4.8E-11
01:02:32 GL 4.6E+01 4.8E-11
01:02:33 NR 5.9E-02 .8E+00
01:02:36 stop 9.9E-05 1.3E-05 Leak value
NR FAIL Test result if Memo
function active
Memo function C 550

5/5
B 400
Before starting up the leak detector
Please acquaint oneself with the safety instructions sheet ( B 100)

and the installation sheet ( B 110)
The performance of the detector (pumping speed, accuracy and

reliability) depends on:
- the vacuum connections
- the frequency and quality of maintenance
- the helium calibration.
Main power switch
Check power voltage Check that the power voltage is compatible

with the power configuration of the leak
detector: check the indications of the label
located close to the power switch.
Check the oil level of The pump has been drained: a label affixed on the cover of the unit
the rotary vane pump indicates this and the filling oil is supplied.
(ASM 142 -
ASM 142 S) NOTICE ATTENTION
PUMP IS SHIPPED WITHOUT POMPE LIVREE SANS HUILE
OIL INSTALLED A L’INTERIEUR
consult maintenance manual consulter le manuel d’utilisation
CAUTION ATTENTION
Recto Verso
Maintenance of the primary pump E 750
The pump will be damaged if it runs without oil.

(> 5 mn).
The oil required for the first use is supplied with the detector.
Replacement of oil is the user’s responsability.
The pumps have been tested with A200 oil.
The technical characteristics of the pump are
guaranteed only with the recommended oil.
Installation Position the unit so there is no possible risk of it falling or tilting.
1/1
C
Operation
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
C 100 Factory configuration of the leak detector parameters

- Parameters configuration
C 110 Operating principle of the control panel

- General
- Graphic interface option
- Control keys
- Menu selection access keys
- Parameter function keys
- Description of access key
- Values adjustment with the control panel
C 120 Setting and maintenance part presentation of the control panel

- Levels
- Parameters setting and application depending on level and display of the user
interface
C 130 Access to level 4 - Password
- To access to level 4
- Change password
C 140 Summary of screens

- Other menu
- Spectro menu
- Set point menu
- Maintenance menu
C 200 Starting up / Switching off the leak detector

- Starting up after an unused/storage period
- Starting up the leak detector
- Switching off the leak detector
- Recommended procedure
l/4
C
Operation
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
C 210 How to use the leak detector: 2 methods
- How to use your leak detector?
- Hard vacuum test mode
C 211 Operation of the leak detector

- Hard vacuum test
- Sniffing test
- Sniffer probe clogged reject point
- Adjust vacuum/sniffing alarm reject point
C 300 Calibration of the leak detector
C 301 Basic internal calibration of the leak detector

- Purpose of the internal calibration
- When should an internal calibration be performed?
- Internal calibrated leak
- Internal calibration with the internal He calibrated leak
- Internal calibration with an external calibrated leak
C 302 Advanced internal calibration of the leak detector

- Introduction
- Activation/deactivation of the internal calibration
- Checking function
C 303 External calibration of the leak detector

- Purpose of the external calibration
- External calibrated leak
- Digital and analog display
- External calibration procedure

- Checking function with an external calibrated leak
C 304 Correction factor

- Definition
- Activate/Deactivate the correction factor VACUUM/SNIF COR Adjustment
- General notes (vacuum or sniffing test mode)
C 305 Calibrated leak values programming

- Different types of calibrated leaks
- Programming the calibrated leak parameters
2/4
C
Operation
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
C 306 Adaptor for calibrated leak in sniffing mode
- How to use the adaptor?
- Notes
C 400 Remote control

- Remote control interface
- Remote control connecting
- Remote control choice
- Use and display
C 410 Headphone and loudspeaker

- Level adjustment
- Accessories
- Configuration
C 430 3 masses option

- Purpose
- Gas selection
- Calibration in Hydrogen or Helium 3
C 440 Control panel with graphic interface

- Graphic interface purpose
- Leak detector software version
- Automatic standby screen
- Use caution
- Control panel interface
- Change of interface
- Operating principle of the standard interface
- Operating principle of the graphic interface
- Selection of the graphic interface use mode
- Graphic interface description
- Graphic interface setting

- Memorized graph
- Animated synoptic
C 450 Long distance sniffer probe and Helium spray gun
C 500 Inlet vent

- Choices proposed to the operator
- Air vent purpose
- Air vent Opening/Closing
- Air vent adjustment
3/4
C
Operation
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
C 510 Bargraph zoom
- Purpose
- Activate/deactivate the bargraph zoom
- Analog display
- Zero function & Bargraph zoom
C 520 Audio alarm / Digital voice

- Audio alarm definition
- Digital voice definition
- General
- Sound level
- Adjustment
C 530 Cycle end

- Purpose of the cycle end
- Activate/Deactivate the Cycle end
C 540 Zero function

- Purpose
- Activate the zero function
- Deactivate the zero function
- Activation/Deactivation of the background
- Display
C 550 Memo function

- Purpose
- Activate/Deactivate the memo function
C 560 Helium pollution prevention

- Purpose

- Activate/Deactivate the Helium pollution prevention
C 570 Date - Time - Language - Unit

- Adjustment procedure
C 580 Fault / information indicator and display

- Fault and information
- Faults
- Information
- List of messages
4/4
C 100
Factory configuration of
the leak detector parameters
Parameters The following list indicates the factory configuration of the leak detector
configuration parameters.
When the leak detector is switched off, all set parameters are
memorized and values are kept for the next start-up.
We advice you to note in the “Customer modification“ column, the
parameter values modified for your application.
Configuration
Parameters Customer
Factory
modification
Test mode Normal C 210
Sniffer probe clogged threshold 1.10 -7 mbar.l/s C 211
Autocalibration On
Activation Operator
C 302
Auto-checking every … 10 hours
Auto-checking every ... 100 cycles
External calibrated leak in test 1.10 - 7 mbar.l/s
C 303
External calibrated leak in sniffing 5.10 - 6 mbar.l/s
GL correction Off
GL correction value 1
C 304
Sniffing correction Off
Sniffing correction value 1
See calibration
certificate of
the internal
Calibrated leak parameters C 305
calibrated leak
delivered with
the detector.
Password 5555 C 130
User interface level 2 C 120
Audio alarm 3
Voice synthesis 4
C 520
Reject point in hard vacuum 1.10 - 8 mbar.l/s
Reject point in sniffing 1.10 - 6 mbar.l/s
Detector Inlet vent Off
Inlet vent activation Operator
Delay 0 C 500
Open timer use No
Timer 00:10
Depollution On
C 560
Depollution reject point 1.10 - 5 mbar.l/s
1/2
C 100
Factory configuration of
the leak detector parameters
Configuration
Parameters Customer
Factory
modification
Memo function No
Display timer No C 550
Display timer value 00:10
Bargraph zoom No C 510
Cycle end Roughing Operator
timer Roughing timer Yes
C 530
value Measure timer 00:10
value 00:10
Background suppression Operator
C 540
Trigger Reject point
Date - Time Factory
leaving
Language - Unit Requested in C 570
the customer
order
Gas for 3 masses option He C 430
Maintenance required 1.10 6 cycles D 100
2/2
C 110
Operating principle of the control panel
General Operator interface A 500
If a key (sensing switch) is depressed when its function is not available

or not authorized, a brief audio signal is emitted.
Graphic interface If your control panel is equipped with a graphic interface, please refer
option to the sheet C 440 which completed this sheet.
Control keys
AUTO CAL MUTE
The LED indicator is ON when the control
CYCLE SNIFFER key is activated (ex.: Sniffer ON).
or
AUTO CAL SNIFFER ZERO
CYCLE
The LED indicator is OFF when the control

or
AUTO CAL ZERO
key is deactivated (ex.: Sniffer OFF).
SNIFFER
Menu selection The LED indicator comes ON after depressing the key.
access keys It activates the menu.
Then the corresponding menu is shown on
the alphanumeric display.
Pressing the corresponding Menu selection key a
second time deactivates the menu. The LED indicator
is then turned OFF and the previous screen is
displayed again.
mbar.l/s mbar.l/s
F1 Pa.m 3/s Pa.m 3/s

LEAK RATE COR Torr.l/s
F3
10-12 10-11 10-10 10-9 10 -8 10-7 10-6 10 -5 10 -4 10-3 10 -2 10-12 10-11 10-10 10-9 10-8 10-7 10-6 10-5 10 -4 10 -3 10 -2
F4
or
-3 -2 -1 1 2 3
10 10 10 1 10 10 10 mbar
hPa STDBY EVAC TEST STDBY EVAC TEST
Torr
INLET PRESSURE
NEXT - + RESET
SET POINTS SPECTRO MAINTENANCE OTHER AUTO CAL S NIFF ER ZERO SET POINTS SPECTRO MAINTENANCE OTHER AUTO CAL S NIFF ER ZERO
CYCLE CYCLE
or (standard) (option/accessory)
10 -3 10-2 10-1 Pa
F
F2
SET POINTS SPECTRO MAINTENANCE OTHER
SPECTRO
F3
10 -5 10-4 10-3 mbar
F4
AUTO CAL MUTE
CYCLE SNIFFER SET POINTS SPECTRO MAINTENANCE OTHER
Menu selection access keys

or
mbar.l/
F1 Pa.m 3/s
F2 LEAK RATE COR Torr.l/

F3
-10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -1
F4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
WARNING STDBY TEST

NEXT RES ET
SET POINTS SPECTRO MAINTENANCE OTHER AUTO CAL ZERO

SNIFFER
1/3
C 110
Parameter function keys

Control panel with graphic interface
Standard control panel
(option/accessory)
• To access to the parameter to be changed, there are • No function keys : to access to the
up to 4 function keys available on the alphanumeric parameter to be changed, press on the
display ( , , and F4 ). Only one parameter value. Only one parameter
parameter key can be activated at a time. value can be activated at a time.
Press = press on the 1st line red value
Similarly:
2nd line, 3rd line ; F4
4th line
Note: In the user’s manual, all the functions are explained with to F4 function keys.
• The LED indicator is ON when the • The value parameter is red when the
corresponding function key is available: corresponding parameter is available
the modification of the parameter for modification.
displayed on the line is authorized.
• Press the function key: the LED indicator • Press on the value: a arrow appears.
will flash: the modification can be the modification can be performed.
performed. It is possible to escape and PRESSURE UNIT:
ZERO ROUGHING:
mbar
yes
reset the previous value by pressing TEST MODE: normal
RESET key or the active menu selection START TEMPO: 00:10

key. It is possible to escape and reset the
previous value by pressing RESET key or
the active menu selection key.
• Once the parameter is modified,
• Once the parameter is modified,
pressing the function key again
pressing the red value again validates
validates it: the LED indicator remains
it: the arrow disappears.
ON and stops flashing.
2/3
C 110
Description of Next menu or next step of a function,

access keys Next PARAMETER DIGIT,
NEXT
WARNING/ERROR message display on the LCD
when an error is detected.
Resets original parameter value (before a new

RESET parameter value is validated) and deactivates the
parameter key.
YES, or ON, or OPEN, or active, or increase value,

+ or increase audio volume, or select more sensitive test
mode.
NO, or OFF, or CLOSE, or deactive, or decrease

- value, or decrease audio volume, or select less
sensitive test mode.
Values adjustment In many menus, some values can be adjusted (reject point, password,
with the control panel timer, ...).
Please follow the procedure described below.
Procedure Press function key of the desired line (where the

value needs to be adjusted).
For each parameter, use modification keys in - or + NEXT

order to adjust the value and go to the next
parameter.
Repeat the same operation as needed.
After the last modified parameter, press again the

function key to validate the changes.
3/3
C 120
Setting and maintenance part presentation
of the control panel
The control panel can be divided into two different sections.

• The section located on the right of the control panel is dedicated to
the user.
• The section located on the left of the control panel dedicated to the
setting and maintenance (adjustments, functions, menu access, etc.).
Operation part
mbar.l/s
F1 Pa.m3/s

F3
-12 10 -11 10 -10 10 -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2
F4 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
10
-3 10 -2 10 -1 1 10 1 10 2 10 3 mbar
hPa STDBY EVAC TEST
Torr
INLET PRESSURE
NEXT - + RESET

CYCLE
Setting and maintenance part
Levels • The detector offers 4 user interface levels for this section to
accomodate any application requirements.
Description
Setting and maintenance part User part
Level 1 This level has very limited information on the No access to control keys
alphanumeric display (LCD). This level is generally (Cycle key included)
selected for production types of applications.
Level 2 This level allows the operator to visualize some

parameters without the possibility of making any
changes.
Same as Level 1 , this level is usually selected for
production types of applications.
Level 3 Same as level 2 but with possibility to set some
parameters. Access to all the control
This level is generally selected for maintenance keys
applications.
Level 4 This level allows access to all the parameters and is
generally used for settings all the parameters.
Note: When switching from level 4 to any other
level, the switch can be performed without using the
password.
This level is generally selected for R&D applications.
10/
C 120
Which is your user interface In order to find out what is the current interface level, follow the
level? sequence described below:
One of the 4 next screens

appears
ò
ð
readY For cYcle
If this screen appears, your access level is 1 .
INlet: vent off
ð
test mode:high sens
If this screen appears, your access level is 2 .
vacuum cor.: off
ð
test mode:high sens
If this screen appears, your access level is 3 . veNt settING:
vacuum cor.:
...
off
value: 1.00e+00
ð
test mode:high sens
If this screen appears, your access level is 4 . INlet: ...
date: Jan/03/2004
tIme: 09:02:48
To change user interface

level
2x
Adjustment
C 110
2/3
C 120
Parameters setting and

application depending
on level and display of
the user interface User Interface Detector
ASM 142
ASM 142 D
Level required for setting
ASM Graph D+
parameters
ASM 142 S
ASM 102 S
ASM 122 D
ASM 182
ASM 192 T
Level Level Level Level ASM 192 T2
ASM 182
Function (with its associated parameters) 1 2 3 4 ASM 192 TD+
ASM 192 T2D+
RS 232 RS 232
User’s Manual ü ü
User interface C 120 ü ü ü ü

Password C 130 ü ü ü ü
Test mode C 210 ü ü ü
Sniffer probe clogged threshold C 211 ü ü ü ü
Hard vacuum/Sniffing reject point C 211 ü ü ü
Auto-calibration (setting) C 302 ü ü ü ü
External calibration C 303 ü ü ü
Correction factor C 304 ü ü ü ü
Calibrated leak C 305 ü ü ü ü
Inlet vent C 500 ü ü ü ü
Bargraph zoom (requires the remote control accessory) C 510 ü ü ü ü
Audio alarm C 520 ü ü ü ü ü

Digital voice C 520 ü ü ü ü ü
Cycle end C 530 ü ü
Zero function C 540 ü ü
Memo function C 550 ü ü

Helium pollution prevention (depollution) C 560 ü ü
Date - Time - Language - Unit C 570 ü ü ü ü
Gas line C 420 ü ü (*)
3 masses option C 430 ü ü ü
Maintenance required D 200 ü ü ü ü
Filament information E 400 ü ü ü ü
Calibration mode C 300 ü ü
(*) only ASM 182 TD+
3/3
C 130
Access to level 4 - Password
A help for control panel utilization/access.
Operating principle of the control panel C 110 Access to level 4 - Password C 130
Setting and maintenance part presentation of the control panel Summary of screens
C 120 C 140
Access to parameters and parameters active Complete displays list with access
depending on authorization way and associated sheet
To access to level 4 Notes:

This procedure allows the operator (with level 1 , 2 or 3 ) to
access temporary to level 4 to adjust a function but the level 4
isn’t kept in memory and the unit will go back to its previous interface
level afterwards. If the operator wants to maintain the level 4 , he
must change the user interface level (see “To change user interface
level“).
for each figure

Level 1
Level 2
Adjustment
C 110
Level 3
after the 4th figure

GB 00223 - Edition 06 - Juin 08
The operator has now reached the level 4 .

The software will automatically come out of level 4 and go back to
the previous used level.
Change password
Adjustment
3x C 110
1/1
4/3
C 140
Summary of screens
value/function adjustable
Stand-by
READY FOR CYCLE READY FOR CYCLE
INLET VENT: off C 500 or INLET VENT: off C 500

HELIUM : 1.5-09
No access with level 1
Sttarting-up
PLEASE WAIT ... PLEASE WAIT ...

ALCATEL ASM XXX
UNIT : mbar.l/s
Storage days :
Delay (min:s):
14
08:47
...
SOFT : Lxxx Vx.x rxx ABORT ? PRESS RESET
Password
PARAMETERS MENU PRESS : SET POINTS
Enter password C130

ACCESS PASSWORD OR : SPECTRO
**** OR : MAINTENANCE
OR WAIT 9 SECONDS OR : OTHER
rnnaall
ntter
In
calibration with external calibrated leak
PLEASE OPEN He LEAK PLEASE CLOSE He LEAK ON TEST PORT :
LEAK VALUE Alternately ... Alternately NEXT ...
OK => PRESS NEXT OK => PRESS NEXT OK => PRESS NEXT
Ex
xterrnal
calibration
C 303
EXTERNAL CALIBRATION EXTERNAL CALIBRATION COR. : 2.08+01
REQUEST
NEXT
MODE : normal
NEXT
MODE : normal
NEXT ...
OK => PRESS NEXT TARGET VALUE : 1.0E-07 OK => PRESS AUTOCAL
OR WAIT 9 SECONDS OK => PRESS NEXT ESC => PRESS RESET
1/5
C 140
Summary of screens
Other menu
Level 1
READY FOR CYCLE
INLET VENT: off
Level 2
TEST MODE: normal
VACUUM COR. : off
Level 3
C 210
C 500
C 304
Level 4
C 210 TEST MODE: normal INLET VENT : automatic

F2 => VENT SETTING DELAY (sec) : 0
DATE : Jan/03/2003
F2 OPEN TIMER USE : no
NEXT
C 570 TIME : 09:02:48 TIMER (m:s) : 00/01
C 500
VACUUM CORRECTION : off
NEXT
VALUE :1.00E+00
SNIFFING COR. : off
VALUE :1.00E+00
NEXT C 304
LANGUAGE: English
UNIT : mbar.l/s

USER INTERFACE: #2
F4 => RS232 PARAMETERS
NEXT C 130 F4
CHANGE MENU ACCESS RS232 PARAMETERS

PASSWORD : 5555 MODE : basic
HANDSHAKE : no
OR NEXT
RS232 PARAMETERS
NEXT MODE : spreadsheet
PERIODE : 1 s
HANDSHAKE : no
2/5
C 140
Summary of screens
Set point menu
Level 1
READY FOR CYCLE
INLET VENT: off
Level 2
SPECTROMETER
FILAMENT#1 : on
TRIODE PRESSURE : 1
MARGIN : 100%
Level 3
SPECTROMETER
FILAMENT#1 : on
TRIODE PRESSURE : 1 E 400
MARGIN : 100%
Level 4
SPECTROMETER
FILAMENT#1 : on
E 400
TRIODE PRESSURE : 1
MARGIN : 100%
NEXT
AUTOCALIBRATION off AUTOCALIBRATION on AUTOCALIBRATION on
OR OR
CAL. CHECK.: operator CAL. CHECK.: automatic
EVERY : 0100 CYCLES
EVERY : 0010 HOURS
C 302
NEXT
FILAMENT CHOICE :#1 FILAMENT CHOICE :#1
OR
FILAMENT : on FILAMENT : on
CALIB. VALVE : close CALIB. VALVE : close

ELECTRONIC ZERO : 77 ELECTRONIC ZERO : 77
(1) (2) (1) Calibration = on

NEXT
(2) Calibration = off
TARGET VALUE:1.0E-07 TARGET VALUE:1.0E-07
OR
ACC. VOLTAGE : 220V ACC. VOLTAGE : 220V
EMISSION : 0.6mA EMISSION : 0.6mA
COEF. SENS. : 01.00 COEF. SENS. : 01.00
(1) (2)
NEXT
C 430 SELECTED GAS : He CALIBRATED GAS : He YEAR : 2003
F2 NEXT NEXT
F2 => CALIBRATED LEAK UNIT : mbar.l/s LOSS PER YEAR : 2.00 %
LEAK VALUE : 1.0E-07 REF TEMPERATURE : 20 ¡C
INT. LOCATION : internal TEMP. COEFF. : 3 %/¡C
C 305 C 305
NEXT
3/5
C 140
Summary of screens
Spectro menu
Level 1
READY FOR CYCLE
INLET VENT: off
Level 2
AUDIO: 3
DIGITAL VOICE : 4
VACUUM ALARM
REJECT POINT:1.0E+00
Level 3
AUDIO:
DIGITAL VOICE :
3
4
C 520
C 211
VACUUM ALARM
REJECT POINT:1.0E+00
Level 4
AUDIO:
DIGITAL VOICE :
3
4
C 520
NEXT MEMO FUNCTION

C 550 F1
ACTIVE : yes
DISPLAY TIMER: no
VACUUM ALARM
TIMER (min:s): 00/06
REJECT POINT:1.0E-07
SNIFFING ALARM
REJECT POINT:1.0E-06 OR
C 211
NEXT MEMO FUNCTION
ACTIVE : no
SNIF. PROBE CLOGGED SNIF. PROBE CLOGGED

REJECT POINT:1.0E-07 REJECT POINT:1.0E-07 C 211
DEPOLLUTION : off
OR DEPOLLUTION : on
REJECT POINT : 1.0E-09 C 560
NEXT NEXT
CYCLE END :automatic CYCLE END :automatic

BARGRAPH ZOOM ON
REJECT POINT He.: no C 530 F2
***** MEASURE *****
NEXT ***** ROUGHING ******
TIMER : yes
TIMER (min:s): 00/09 TIMER (min:s): 00/10
C 510

NEXT OR
CYCLE END : operator

F1 => MEMO FUNCTION
F2 => CYCLE END
F3 => BACKGROUND
SUPPRESSION
ZERO BACKGROUND
ACTIVATION : operator
C 540 F3
OR
ZERO BACKGROUND
ACTIVATION : automatic
TRIGGER : timer
VALUE : 00:10
NEXT
4/5
C 200
Starting up / Switching off the leak
detector
DO YOU REALY WANT TO PARAMETERS ACCESS

ACCESS MENUS ? PASSWORD ****
YES => PRESS NEXT NEXT
OR WAIT 9 SECONDS OR WAIT 9 SECONDS
C 130
Level 2
MAINT.REQUIRED : no PARAMETERS ACCESS

PASSWORD ****
MORE MENUS ?
NEXT
YES => PRESS NEXT OR WAIT 9 SECONDS
C 130
Level 3
DETECTOR : 20H PARAMETERS MENU DETECTOR : 20H PARAMETERS MENU
ACCESS PASSWORD ACCESS PASSWORD
NEXT NEXT
FILAMENT#1 : 20H FILAMENT#1 : 20H
HIGH. VAC PUMP : 27Krpm **** or HIGH. VAC PUMP : 27Krpm ****
OR WAIT 9 SECONDS OR WAIT 9 SECONDS
ASM 182 T/192 T/192 T2/142 ASM 182 TD+/192 TD+/192 T2D+/122 D/142 D/Graph D+
Level 4
0 All leak detectors
DETECTOR : 20H DETECTOR : 20H
1 ASM 142/182 T/192 T
or
FILAMENT#1 : 20H FILAMENT#1 : 20H
HIGH. VAC PUMP : 27Krpm HIGH. VAC PUMP : 27Krpm
ROUGHING PUMP : 27Krpm 2 ASM 122 D/142 D/182 TD+/192 TD+
3 ASM 192 T2
1 3 4 2
NEXT 4 ASM 192 T2D+
MAINTENANCE PUMP
PUMP DUE IN : 2000 H
RESET TIMER
INITIAL VALUE : 12000 H
2 4
NEXT
MAINTENANCE PUMP 1
RESET TIMER
2
3
NEXT
NEXT
4
MAINTENANCE ATP PUMP MAINTENANCE MDP PUMP
PUMP DUE IN : 2000 H PUMP DUE IN : 2000 H
RESET TIMER RESET TIMER
INITIAL VALUE : 12000 H INITIAL VALUE : 12000 H
NEXT 3 2
4
MAINTENANCE MDP PUMP

RESET TIMER
4
NEXT
0
FILAMENT INFORMATION
#1: 20H #2: 0H
RESET #1 VALUE
RESET #2 VALUE
NEXT
0
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED
AFTER: 1.0E+06 CYCL.
RESET COUNTER
INIT.VALUE : 1.0E+06
NEXT
0
INLET PRESSURE
VALUE : 8.4E-02
UNIT : mbar
0
1 NEXT 2
3 4
5/5
C 200
detector
Starting up after • If the operator uses the leak detector, after an unused or storage
an unused/storage period, there is an additional time at the normal start-up time for
outgassing:
period - inactivity period ≤ 10 days + 5 s maxi (ASM 182, 192, 1002).
- 10 days < inactivity period ≤ 23 days + 3 min.
- inactivity period > 23 days + 10 min
- inactivity period ≤ 10 days + 10 s maxi (ASM 142, 142 D,
Graph D +, 122 D).
Technical characteristics A 800/801
• A screen informs the operator in the start-up process:
PLEASE WAIT Number of days

Storage days: 14 since the last
Delay (min:s): 08:47 leak detector
ABORT? PRESS RESET switching off
Count down of the
additional time
RESET
The operator can cancelled this additional time by pressing .
Starting up the leak Before starting up the detector B 400.

detector
Connect the main power cable of the detector to the proper power
outlet.
Turn main power switch in the ON position ( B 210).
The indicator lights on the control panel flash.
If your leak detector is equipped with «control panel with graphic
interface» option, please refer to the sheet C 440 for the mode
choice.
The following is shown on the LCD during 2 seconds.

...
As soon as the power is ON, the PLEASE WAIT
ALCATEL ASM ...
...
pumps start. UNIT: mbar.l/s

SOFT:L...v... r...
Audio messages inform the operator ...

PLEASE WAIT ...
HIGH.VAC PUMP: 75%
about starting-up process during this ROUGHING PUMP: 80%
one.
• If leak detector auto-calibration is ON  1

• If leak detector auto-calibration is OFF  2
If a printer is connected, a calibration ticket is automatically printed at

the end of the calibration: examples 2 , 4 B 320.
1/3
C 200
detector
Starting up of the leak When the pumps have reached their nominal speed, the unit auto-
calibrates: different screens will show.
detector
(continued) CAL IN PROGRESS
ELECTR.ZERO ADJUST.
80
...
1 When calibration is completed, READY FOR CYCLE

...
the unit is ready to start a cycle. ...
...
STDBY
The digital voice gives to the operator the message:

“detector ready for cycle”.
Flashing
When the filament is OK, the unit

READY FOR CYCLE
is ready to start a cycle.
i
...
A « i » is flashing at the right end
...
...
of the 1st line of the LCD.
STDBY
It informs the operator that the

unit is in manual calibration:
Information message C 580
2 it will remain in manual
calibration until operator
performs an
auto-calibration.
Internal calibration on request C 300 GB 02460 - Edition 02 - June 08
Note: It is possible to start a test cycle even if the detector is not

calibrated.
Switching off The leak detector can be switched off at any time by depressing the
the leak detector main power switch to 0 (OFF) but it is recommended (especially when
the leak detector may not be used for an extended period of time) to
stop it following the procedure described below.
2/3
C 200
detector
Recommended To protect the internal vacuum components of the leak detector against
procedure dust or any kind of contamination, it is recommended to keep its inlet
blanked-off and under vacuum. Please proceed as follows before
stopping the leak detector:
Place the blank-off flange or close the test chamber.

Start the test cycle.
Wait until the leak detector reaches the more sensitive test mode.
Make sure that the inlet vent is OFF.
Stop the test cycle. CYCLE IN PROGRESS
Stop the leak detector. MODE:->
...
Normal
...
Inlet vent C 500

3/3
C 210
How to use the leak detector:
2 methods
Setting and maintenance part presentation of the control panel C 120 Summary of screens
C 140
How to use your leak Factory configuration Check if the

parameters used for
detector ? OK?
your application are
set correctly.
C 100
Yes No
Set List of parameters
parameters and associated sheet
C 120
Note your modification.

C 100
Sniffing test High Vacuum

method method
Test methods A 400

Operation of the
leak detector
C 211
1/4
C 210
How to use the leak detector:
2 methods
Hard vacuum test • Hard vacuum test method offers 2 or 3 test modes: the Gross Leak,
method the Normal and the High Sensitivity mode.
The leak detector will automatically go from the gross leak to the
superior mode as soon as the inlet pressure has crossed the thresholds:
Gross leak Normal High Sensitivity
test mode test mode test mode
ASM 182 T Inlet pressure < 6 mbar ---- Inlet pressure < 2x10-2 mbar
ASM 182 TD+ Inlet pressure < 6 mbar ---- Inlet pressure < 2x10-2 mbar
ASM 192 T Inlet pressure < 6 mbar ---- Inlet pressure < 2x10-2 mbar
ASM 192 TD+ Inlet pressure < 6 mbar ---- Inlet pressure < 2x10-2 mbar
ASM 192 T2 Inlet pressure < 6 mbar ---- Inlet pressure < 2x10-2 mbar
ASM 192 T2D+ Inlet pressure < 30 mbar Inlet pressure < 3 mbar Inlet pressure < 2x10-2 mbar
ASM 142 Inlet pressure < 10 mbar Inlet pressure < 5x10-1 mbar ----
ASM 142 D
Inlet pressure < 10 mbar Inlet pressure < 5x10-1 mbar ----
ASM Graph D+
ASM 122 D Inlet pressure < 20 mbar Inlet pressure < 2 mbar Inlet pressure < 8x10-3 mbar
A hard vacuum test can be performed as soon as one of the test

modes is reached.
Test mode selection
Factory configuration C 100
Procedure
Adjustment

C 110
Notes • The leak detector will switch test mode if the inlet pressure is under
the normal test mode threshold.
• When the leak detector is in the selected test mode, a «->» sign is
displayed on the screen.
• If the gross leak test mode is selected, the leak detector will remain
in the gross leak test mode even if the inlet pressure is compatible with
the normal test mode threshold.
• If the pressure is superior to 10-4 mbar, it’s not possible to reach the
normal or high sensitivity test mode C 560.
Sniffing test method • The leak detector measures a leak value which is displayed on the
user interface.
• The test method used is the sniffer method.
2/2
C 211
Operation of the leak detector
Hard vacuum test

Make sure that parts can withstand the difference in
CAUTION internal / external pressure to which they are submitted.
Starting a test cycle Connect the part or the READY FOR CYCLE
installation to be tested to the INLET VENT: off

...
inlet port of the leak detector
or put the part in the test
chamber. STDBY
CYCLE IN PROGRESS
MODE: roughing
INLET ...
or CYCLE IN PROGRESS
VENT
MODE:-> Normal
INLET ...
The leak detector reaches test mode selection. C 210

The leak value is displayed on the screen.
Leak value display • On the operator interface:
READY FOR CYCLE

or
10
-12 10 -11 10 -10 10
-9 10
-8 10
-7 10
-6 10
-5 10
-4 10
-3 10
-2
INLET VENT: off
HELIUM: 1.5E-09
Reject point
The helium signal zero scale displays the leak value in 2 colors
following the measured leak value:
• the reject point is display with a red led.
• if the measured leak value exceeds the reject point, the flashed leds
are red (and the blinking led orange).
• if the measured leak value is under the reject point, the flashed leds
are green,
1/3
C 211
Leak value display • On the remote control: 10 -2
10 -3
Digital display 10 -4
10 -5
10 -6
10 -7
Analog display 10 -8
When the bargraph zoom is ON, the leak value 10 -9
display is different. It shows 2 decades of signal 10 -10
as compare to the entire leak range when the 10 -11
bargraph zoom is off.

10 -12
mbar.l/s
C 510
Ending a test cycle READY FOR CYCLE

INLET: ...
HELIUM: 1.5E-09
or
VENT
STDBY
STDBY
• In standby mode the user interface shows the leak detector helium
background value.
Note: If the cycle end function is activated, the test cycle end is
different.
Cycle end function C 530

Ticket If memo function activated, and a printer connected to the leak
detector, a result ticket is printed automatically:
example 6 B 320.
Venting the part or At the end of a test cycle, 2 possibilities are available:
installation tested • venting (inlet of the leak detector is back to atmospheric pressure)
• not venting (keeping under vacuum) the part or tested installation
tested remains under vacuum.
Inlet vent C 500
2/4
C 211
Sniffing test
Starting a sniffing test While the leak detector is in READY FOR CYCLE
stand-by mode, connect the sniffer INLET: ...
probe (accessory to be purchased

separately A 700) to the sniffer port STDBY
of the leak detector.

SNIFFING MODE
PLEASE WAIT ...
The sniffing mode message SNIFFING MODE
appears on the alphanumeric

display.
The sniffing test mode is operational.
Leak value display Displays are the same in hard vacuum and sniffing test modes.
Please refer to hard vacuum test mode for the displays.
Ending a sniffing test READY FOR CYCLE

INLET ...
STDBY
Sniffer probe clogged Accessories A 700

reject point
Advice Block the sniffer probe end from time to time with a finger to check
that the helium signal goes down. If not, the probe may be clogged.
Sniffer probe clogged G 200
4/4
C 211
Purpose of the sniffer probe When the helium signal is lower than the set «sniffer probe clogged»
clogged reject point reject point, an information will be actived.
Adjustment
2x C 110
Adjust Note: Adjustment process is different depending on user interface level

of the operator:
vacuum/sniffing
alarm reject point For operator with user interface level 1 or 2 : access to level 4
with password.
To access to level 4 C 130
Procedure with user level

3
Hard vac. test
Adjustment
C 110 Sniffing test

4
Adjustment Hard vac. test
C 110
Adjustment Sniffing test
The unit selection of the leak detector is the threshold unit. If the operator
would like to change unit, he must convert the threshold unit and
reprogrammed it with the new one.
3/4
C 301
Basic internal calibration of the leak
detector
Basic internal calibration of the leak detector C 301
Advanced internal calibration of the leak detector C 302
External calibration of the leak detector C 303
Correction factor C 304
Calibrated leak values programming C 305
Adaptator for calibrated leak C 306

7/5
C 300
Calibration of the leak detector
Purpose of the Check that the leak detector is correctly adjusted to detect the carrier
internal calibration gas selected and to display a correct leak value.
To calibrate the leak detector, a calibrated leak is used as a reference:
the leak detector is equipped with an internal helium calibrated leak
with reservoir and temperature compensation sensor.
The internal calibration could be:

- fully automatic if the operator uses the calibrated leak in the detector,
- semi-automatic if the operator uses an external calibrated leak.
When should an • When starting the leak detector in order to make sure that it is in
proper operating condition.
internal calibration be
• For high sensitivity test and optimized measurement accuracy: it is
performed? advised to let the internal temperature of the leak detector stabilize for
about 30 min after start-up and then start a calibration.
• If in doubt regarding the proper operation of the leak detector
(capability to properly detect a helium leakage). At any time, an
internal calibration may be started.
• In case of intensive and continuous use: start an internal calibration
at the begining of each shift (8 hours of operation).
Internal calibrated The internal calibrated leak is specifically designed to fit the present
leak detector. It is composed of:
leak • a helium reservoir,
• a temperature sensor (used to take into account the effect of
temperature on the leak rate),

• a built in membrane (to calibrate the helium leak rate),
• a special quick connection device,
• an identification label (similar to the identification label of an
external calibrated leak).
It is delivered with a calibration certificate.
Calibrated leak location F 700
Recalibration It is recommended to have each calibrated leak recalibrated at regular

intervals to validate its value.
Accessories A 700
1/1
C 301
detector
Internal The internal calibration can be:

calibration with the • fully automatic:
The internal calibration is automaticaly activated during the start-up
internal He calibrated process of the leak detector. It does not require any operator action.
leak The initial calibration during the start-up sequence allows the unit to
be immediately operationnal.
• on operator request:
An internal calibration can be started by the operator whenever the
leak detector is not in test mode.
If the detector has been calibrated with an external calibrated leak,

the operator should store the values of the internal calibrated leak
B 320.
Tickets If a printer is connected to the leak detector, a ticket is automatically

printed at the end of the calibration: example 2 B 320.
Automatic internal Note: Internal auto-calibration set ON, C 302.

calibration procedure
• Start the leak detector
Different screens appear during the calibration giving internal
parameters values.
Audio messages inform the operator about internal calibration process
during this one.
When calibration is complete, the READY FOR CYCLE

unit is ready to start a cycle.
...
...
The digital voice gives to the
...
operator the message

“Detector ready for cycle”. STDBY
Note:
• It is possible to start a test cycle The Leak Detector
is NOT calibrated!
after a calibration failure: The DO YOU WANT TO
operator should confirm the use of a
USE THE MACHINE?
uncalibrated leak detector.
• The test is still possible but “AL“ is displayed

permanently (no value displayed).
The bargraph is always available for the leak LEAK RATE COR
value reading.
• Until the autocalibration failure is READY FOR CYCLE !
resolved, the “!“ is maintained on the INLET VENT:

...
off
standby screen.
2/5
C 301
detector
On request internal READY FOR CYCLE

calibration procedure STDBY
...
...
...
Then, the procedure is the same as for the automatic internal

calibration.
On request calibration
C 302
checking
Internal calibration It is semi-automatic because the operator must connect a calibrated

leak to the inlet port of the detector.
with an external
calibrated leak • At the starting of the detector:
The calibration is not start even if the autocal is ON. The operator is
informed that the calibration requests a calibrated leak connected to
the inlet port of the detector.
• On operator request:
The operator can start a calibration whenever the leak detector is not
in test mode.
Note: Internal calibration set ON.

printed at the end of the calibration: example 3 B 320.
Procedure
1 Gas selection In standard the gas used is the Helium 4.

With the 3 masses option, the operator can use
different gases: Helium 3, Helium 4 or Hydrogen.
3 masses option C 430
2 Calibrated leak The operator should program all the

parameters parameters of the used calibrated leak.
Position = external
Calibrated leak value C 305
3/5
C 301
detector
3 Start the Place the external calibrated

calibration leak on the test port.
Start the calibration.
4 Calibration These 2 screens appear alternately.

preparation PLEASE,OPEN He LEAK
LEAK VALUE: 1.0E-07
EXT θ (°C/°F):20/68
OK -> press NEXT
ON TEST PORT!
Leak value: 1.0E-07
EXT θ (°C/°F):20/68
OK -> press NEXT
Note: If the operator press ,all the

parameter of the programmed calibrated leak are
displayed. C 305
Open the valve of the calibrated leak (if there is one).
Set the ambiant temperature.
Adjustment

C 110
5 Validate the
calibration NEXT
process
Different screens appear during the process giving

internal parameters values.
4/5
C 301
detector
6 End of the Close the valve of the calibrated leak (if there is one).
process
These 2 screens appear alternately.
PLEASE,CLOSE He LEAK
OK -> press NEXT
ON TEST PORT!
OK -> press NEXT
Validate the operation.

NEXT
Note: If these operations are not done within a

minute after these screens display, the calibration
is automatically stopped. A message informs the
operator of this stop.
When the calibration is complete, the unit is ready

to start a cycle.
READY FOR CYCLE

...
...
...
STDBY
Note: it is possible to start a test cycle after a

calibration failure.
5/5
C 302
Advanced internal calibration of the leak
detector
C 120 C 140
Introduction The operator has the possibility to control on the internal calibration
process:
• activation / deactivation of the internal calibration.
• setting of the checking function.
Activation/ For maintenance for example.

deactivation of the
internal calibration
Procedure
Adjustment
C 110
Notes:
• If the internal calibration is deactivated (off), it is still possible to

start a test cycle and use the leak detector.
• When internal calibration function is activated (on), user could

activate or not activate the checking function.
1/3
C 302
detector
Checking function Internal calibration activated (on), checking function performs a

calibration checking depending on set parameters.
The calibration checking is performed with the internal calibrated leak
of the leak detector (position parameter = internal). C 305
On request calibration At any time, the operator could perform a calibration checking with
checking the internal calibrated leak.
STDBY
+
Time between
both < 5 s.
The leak detector compares the signal delivered by the internal

calibrated leak to the internal calibrated leak parameters set:
• if the difference is lower than 15 %, the calibration of the leak
detector is OK.
• if the difference is higher than 15 %, there is a warning message
which requests to perform a complete calibration of the leak detector.
C 301
Parameters setting
Adjustment
C 110 Automatic
Operator

Cycles counter
Adjustment
Hours counter
Adjustment
If checking function is automatic, operator should adjust cycles and

hours counters which will trigger the automatic calibration checking.
Note: The first of the 2 counters reached will trigger the automatic
checking.

printed at the end of the calibration: example 5 . B 320
2/3
2/5
C 302
detector
Checking function with an It is possible to perform a calibration checking with an external

external calibrated leak calibrated leak (position parameter = external). But it is not automatic
and in the case, the leak detector performs a complete calibration (not
only a comparison like with the internal calibrated leak).
When the first of the 2 counters is reached, a “i“ will flash at the right
end of the 1st line of the LCD.
READY FOR CYCLE i
...
...
...
The “i” flashing will stay on the LCD until operator starts an external
calibration. C 303
An audio message advises the operator in the process to follow.
Note: It is still possible to start a test cycle even without performing an

internal calibration .
On request calibration
C 301
checking
3/3
C 303
External calibration of the leak detector
C 120 C 140
Access to parameters and parameters active depending on Complete displays list with access
authorization way and associated sheet
Purpose of the In some instances, it may be convenient to display a helium leak

external calibration value so that matches a desired target value (typically the value of an
external calibrated leak connected to the installation to test or at the
inlet port of the leak detector):
• In hard vacuum test mode

When the measurement range is very different from the value of the
internal calibrated leak.
• In sniffing test mode
When a specific calibration is required in the sniffing test mode to
certify that the measurement is valided and accurated.
• In hard vacuum or sniffing test mode
When the leak detector is connected to an installation having its own
pumping system in operation and a small amount of the leak goes
into the leak detector. The external calibration allows to get a direct
readout of the current leak value.
When the helium signal needs to be displayed in a different unit for
convenience or to calibrate the leak detector if the internal calibrated

leak is temporarily unavailable (manual auto-calibration selected).
The external calibration is provided for the operator to easily obtain

a direct readout of the target value (or current external leak) thanks to
a correction factor automatically calculated and applied to the digital
display of the leak detector.
Note : For the ASI 22, the pressure measurement kit is necessary to do
an external calibration ( A 700).
l/4
C 303
External An external calibrated leak (defined in accordance to your own

calibrated leak requirements) is required for the external calibration procedure.
Accessories A 700
Recalibration It is recommended to have each calibrated leak recalibrated at regular

intervals to validate its value.
Tables of preventive maintenance intervals D 100
Digital and When the external calibration is performed, the digital display will show a
analog display corrected value. Then COR will come on to reflect it. The analog display
in the remote control is not corrected and therefore both values might be
different.
External calibration The external calibration should only be performed when the leak
procedure detector is already internally calibrated.
The external calibration procedure is performed in 2 steps:
• lst step: selection of the test mode (hard vacuum or sniffing)
• 2nd step: adjustment of the target value: see below.
External calibration At any time, the operator can cancel external calibration procedure.
cancellation

COR
Procedure Note: The external calibration should be performed in the test mode
used by the operator: if the operator uses both test modes (hard
vacuum and sniffing), he should perform one external calibration
when he works in each test mode.
The external calibrated leak is connected to the inlet port of the leak
detector or at a suitable location of the installation to test.
Réglage des paramètres de la fuite calibrée externe C 305
2/4
C 303
Sniffing mode
Hard vacuum mode
Target value (*)

adjustment
manually
Adjustment
automatically
C C 304
COR
(*) The target value is the desired value to be displayed on the digital
display at the end of the calibration..
The target value can be memorized following 2 methods:
• the operator enters directly the target value,
• the target value is automatically calculated by the leak detector.
About sniffing test mode In sniffing test mode, the calibration can be performed with:
• the ambient atmosphere,
• an external calibrated leak,
• a container or installation, at atmospheric pressure,
filled with a known gas mixture including Helium.
The sniffer probe will be exposed to one of the 3 items
listed above (3rd one represents the most reliable and accurate way
of calibrating a leak detector in sniffing mode).
The lst and 2nd ones are the most common and practical methods.
Before using one of the 2 items, connect the sniffer probe to the sniffer
port of the leak detector.
3/4
C 303
Target value determination • In hard vacuum test mode, l possible case:

- The target value is the value of an external calibrated leak connected
to the installation to test or at the inlet port of the leak detector.
—> Case A
• In sniffing test mode, 2 possible cases:

- the target value is the value of an external calibrated leak.
—> Case A
- If a container or installation is filled with a known gas mixture
including Helium, it is possible to enter helium concentration as a
target value.—> Case B
Case A When an external calibrated leak is used, it is recommended to take

into account date of calibration and temperature effect for calculating
the target value from the calibrated leak value as shown on its
identification label.
HELIUM CALIBRATED LEAK

Helium leak rate : 1.0x10-8 mbar.l/s at 20 °C
Date of calibration : 10 Dec 2001
% loss per year : 2 %
% increase per °C : 3 %
Example of calibrated leak label indications (as listed here):

If the date is lst Dec 2003 (about 2 years after calibration) and
calibrated leak (ambient) temperature is 25 °C:
Target value = l.0xl0-8x[l+0.03x(25-20)]x[l-(0.02x2)]
= l.lxl0-8 mbar.l/s
Case B Reminder: l PPM = l.0xl0-6 (concentration) GB 00262 - Edition 05 - September 06
Example : container with l00 PPM helium mixture.
2 possibilities :
➥ enter target value = 0 E+02 to display the test result
in PPM
➥ enter target value = l.0 E-04 to display the test result in helium
concentration
(l00 PPM = l00 xl0-6 = lxl0-4)
Checking function with
an external calibrated
leak C 302
4/4
C 304
Correction factor
Access to parameters and parameters active C 120 Complete displays list with access C 140
Definition The correction factor is used to display the helium signal (changing
unit for example).
The correction factors applied to the digital display with respect to the
external calibration are:
• VACUUM COR in gross leak test mode,
• SNIF COR in sniffing test mode.
The VACUUM/SNIF COR values are automatically adjusted according

to helium signal fluctuations.
These correction factors are memorized until another external
calibration is validated.
They can be activated, deactivated or modified.
The correction factors are automatically calculated by the external

calibration but it is also possible to enter them manually C 303
Activate/Deactivate There are 2 possible procedures depending on which authorized

the correction factor level: level 3 and 4 .
VACUUM/SNIF COR
Adjustment
Procedure with user

level 3 Adjustment
on
C 110
off
VACUUM COR
Adjustment
SNIF COR
1/2
C 304
Correction factor

4 VACUUM COR
Adjustment
selection C 110
SNIF COR
Adjustment
VACUUM Adjustment
COR
adjustment Adjustment
SNIF COR
General notes • During the external calibration process:

(in vacuum or basic digital display x VACUUM/SNIF COR = target value
Basic digital display is the helium signal basic display without
sniffing test mode)
correction ratio (as if COR indicator is OFF or VACUUM/SNIF COR
equal to 1.00E-00).
• Once the external calibration correction is validated, the digital
display is modified:
corrected digital display = basic digital display x VACUUM/SNIF COR
The analog display (standard scale) always displays the basic value of
the helium signal which is not modified by VACUUM/SNIF COR.
• During the last step of the external calibration, the VACUUM/
SNIF COR is displayed and automatically calculated with respect to
the fixed target value and the present basic signal value.
The VACUUM/SNIF COR ratio is fixed and memorized when the
AUTOCAL key is pressed to confirm the CORRECTION and stop the
external calibration process.
• The COR indicator is ON as soon as the VACUUM/SNIF COR is
ON and different from 1.00E-00.
If the target value is the same value as the standard signal on the
digital display, in other word if VACUUM/SNIF COR is equal to
1.00E+00, the COR indicator is automatically OFF: the external
calibration is OFF.
• If RESET is pressed during or at the last step of the external
calibration process, the leak detector comes back to the previous
digital display status which was effective before the external
calibration request and VACUUM/SNIF COR is not changed.
2/2
C 305
Calibrated leak values programming
C 120 C 140
Different types of Before to start an internal calibration of the leak detector (with internal
or external calibrated leak), the parameters of the calibrated leak used
calibrated leaks should be programmed by the operator.
The leak detector can be calibrated:

• with an internal or external calibrated leak
• with different gases (Hydrogen and Helium 3) if it is equipped with
the 3 masses option.
3 masses option C 430
Gas Internal calibration External calibration

Helium 4 X X
Helium 3 - X
Hydrogen - X
Whatever the type of calibrated leak used, the parameters to program

are the same.
1/2
C 305
Calibrated leak values programming
Programming the This operation can be made with the data written on the calibrated
calibrated leak leak identification label or the calibration certificate delivered with it.
Example of identification label:
parameters
HELIUM CALIBRATED LEAK
Helium leak rate : 1.0x10-8 mbar.l/s at 20 °C
Date of calibration : 10 Dec 2001
% loss per year : 2 %
% increase per °C : 3 %
Note: At each time the operator modify the “Location” parameter, he

should also re-adjust all the parameters (if necessary).
tracer gas
Adjustment
C 110
unit Adjustment
leak value Adjustment
location Adjustment
year
Adjustment
loss per year

Adjustment

temperature
Adjustment
temp. coef.
Adjustment
Leak location selection Note: The “Location” parameter (internal or external) concerned the
location of the calibrated leak used for the calibration and not the
type of calibration.
2/2
C 306
Adaptor for calibrated leak in sniffing
mode
An adaptor DN 16 or DN 25 for calibrated

leak has been designed for the calibration of
the detector with an external calibrated leak.
Accessories A 700
How to use the Adaptor Sniffer probe

3
adaptor ? 2
1 5
4
Calibrated leak
1 Place the adaptor to your calibrated leak used for the calibration.
Start a AUTOCAL IN PROGRESS
calibration ELECT. ZERO ADJUST.
2 Place the sniffer probe in the calibration port.
3 Tighten the fixing srew. Follow the auto-calibration.

Calibration of the leak detector C 300

4 Untighten the fixing screw.
5 Remove the sniffer probe of the calibration port. Follow the auto-
calibration.
Notes - Waiting 10 s (mini) for the signal stabilization before reading of the
leak value.
- The leak value displayed on the LCD consider the He of the air.
Example : calibration with a leak of 2x10-5 mbar.l/s
The value displayed is:
2x10-5 + 5x10-6 = 2.5x10-5 mbar.l/s
1/1
C 400
Remote control
The remote control is an accessory, but it could be also an option

depending on the helium leak detector model.
The remote control is equipped with a magnet allowing the operator
to place it on a metallic surface. The operator can read the helium
signal and has access to control keys such as cycle command
autocalibration and auto-zero.
Remote control 10
-2
interface 1
10
-3
-4
9
10
2 10
COR ZERO -5
10
10
-6
INLET
-7
3
TEST 10
10
3
10 2 10 -8
HIGH
10
1
10
-9
11
4 1
-1 SNIF
10
-10
12
10
10 -11
10 -2
VENT
10 -3 10 -12
mbar mbar.l/s
5 13
CYCLE
6
AUTO CAL ZERO
14
7
8 15
142 range - 182/192 range

ASI 22
ASM 122 D - ASM 1002
1 Helium Signal digital display ü ü

2 Correction factor COR indicator ü ü

3 Zero function indicator ü ü
4 Inlet port pressure analog display ü ü(1)
5 Test cycle ON indicator (ON when activated) ü ü
6 Cycle Start/Stop control key ü ü
7 Calibration in progress indicator ü ü
8 Auto-calibration start control key ü ü
9 Helium signal analogic display ü ü
10 Test ON indicator ü ü
11 Sniffing test mode ON indicator ü ü
12 Inlet VENT ON indicator ü -
13 Helium signal standard scale ON indicator ü ü
14 Helium signal Zero scale ON indicator ü ü
15 Zero ON/OFF control key ü ü
(1) If the pressure measurement kit is installed
10/
C 400
Remote control
Remote control In order to use the remote control with control panel with graphic
connecting interface, it is necessary to connect the remote control before starting
up the detector.
Location and connecting B 210
Remote control choice 3 different units could be selected in the leak detector but only one
unit is available on the remote control.
So the operator should choice its remote control in accordance of the
operation unit chosen.
Unit C 570
Accessories A 700
When the operator connects the remote control on the leak detector,
the leak detector unit is automatically reprogrammed with the unit
of the remote control. The remote control unit is memorized by the
detector when the operator disconnects the remote control.
Use and display The remote control:

• allows to display leak measured value,
• allows to start/stop cycle, zero function and internal calibration,
CYCLE • allows to display status of the air inlet vent, sniffing test mode and
external calibration,
• doesn’t allow to adjust leak detector parameters.

Analog and digital displays On remote control and control panel, the displayed values on the
analog and digital displays are exactly the same.
Operation of the leak detector C 211
To start/stop a cycle In order to start/stop a cycle, operator can use either the CYCLE
control key on the control panel or remote control.
Display
The LED indicator is ON/OFF when the control key is activated/
deactivated.
As soon as the detector is in test, the TEST indicator is ON.
2/3
C 400
Remote control
Use and display

(ctd)
Zero function In order to start zero function, operator can use either the ZERO
control key on the control panel or remote control.
10 -10
Display
10 -11 Two indicators are ON when the zero function is activated:
• the ZERO indicator,
10 -12
• the zero scale indicator.
mbar.l/s
Zero function C 540
Internal calibration In order to start an internal calibration, operator can use either the
AUTOCAL control key on the control panel or remote control.
Display
The LED indicator is ON when the control key is activated.
The LED indicator is OFF at the end of the calibration procedure.
Inlet vent For these 2 functions, the remote control displays only their status: use
Sniffing test mode the control panel in order to activate/deactivate them..
Display
VENT SNIF The LED indicator is ON/OFF when the function is activated/
deactivated.
Inlet vent C 500

Sniffing test mode C 211
External calibration The remote control displays only its status: use the control panel in
order to start/stop it.
Display
The LED indicator is blinking when the external calibration is
activated.
At the end of the calibration procedure, the LED indicator is OFF and
the correction factor COR is ON.
External calibration C 303
3/3
C 410
Headphone and loudspeaker
The operator can connect a headphone or an external loudspeaker to

the detector.
The detector must be equipped with

the RS 232 option
Connecting B 210
Level adjustment The audio levels for the headphone or the external loudspeaker are
the same as for the audio alarm and digital voice functions. In order
to adjust the headphone or the external loudspeaker audio levels, you
must adjust the levels of the audio alarm and digital voice functions.
Audio alarm / Digital voice C 520
Accessories ?
Headphone You should use the headphone connector accessory:
Sub D 9 pins Jack plug 6.35 mm mono

Accessories A 700
The manufacturer does not sell headphones. The specifications are:

• Impedance: 400/500 Ω
• Jack plug 6.35 mm (or other sizes with adaptor)
• Frequency band: 18 kHz to 20 kHz
External loudspeaker The manufacturer does not sell external loudspeaker. The specifications
are:
The external loudspeaker has the same characteristics as the
internal louspeaker:
• Impedance: 8 Ω
• Power: 8 W
4/3
C 410
Configuration The operator can deactivate or not the internal loudspeaker when he
uses a headphone.
In the same way, he can deactivate or not the internal loudspeaker
when he uses an external loudspeaker.
The functions are selected on the I/O interface board.
• • ST3
• • ST2
P1
ST3
ST2
P1
P0307 board
P0307 board localization F 400

• The operator can adjust the headphone audio level with P1 or with
panel control ( + and - ).
2/3 5/3
C 410
Strap on Sub D
P0307 board ST3/ST2 9 pins
(printer plug)
•
• ST3 No plug connected
• ST2
•
Int Internal loudspeaker
active
• ST3 1 2 3 4 5
•
• 6 7 8 9
• ST2
Int •
Internal loudspeaker • ST3 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
active + headphone
connected • ST2
•
Int Internal loudspeaker • ST3

• 1 2 3 4 5
not active 6 7 8 9
+ headphone •
connected • ST2
•
Int Internal loudspeaker • ST3 1 2 3 4 5
active + External 6 7 8 9
Ext loudspeaker connected • ST2
•
Internal loudspeaker • ST3

Int • 1 2 3 4 5
not active 6 7 8 9
+ External loudspeaker •
Ext
connected • ST2
3/3
C 430
3 masses option
Purpose Leak detection is used to detect micro-openings, porosities, etc. in

test parts. The detection of these passages involves the use of a light
gas, which is capable of infiltrating the smallest passages quickly. The
standard gas used is the Helium 4 but the operator has the possibility
with the 3 masses option to use another gases: Hydrogen or Helium 3.
Background is much higher in H2 .
The unit equipped with the 3 masses option does not have any
external differences in relation to the standard unit. The modifications
are inside the unit (analysis cell magnet and electronic supervisor
board).
Typical background values, in cycle, detector on itself:
- At start ± low range 10-5 mbar.l/s.
- After 2 or 3 hours ± low range 10-6 mbar.l/s.
The 3 masses option purpose, used with Hydrogen, is the leak

research only and not the continuous analysis of the hydrogen
concentration of a gas.
The leak detector is not adapted for a hydrogen concentration
continuous analysis. The leak detector use in such conditions,
as well as the hydrogen concentration of the gas used, are
under the supervision of the user.
The functions are the same as the standard detector.
Gas selection
Adjustment
4x C 110
Calibration in The leak detector can be calibrated in Hydrogen or Helium 3 with an

Hydrogen or Helium 3 external calibrated leak connected to the leak detector inlet.
Procedure Connect an Hydrogen or Helium 3 calibrated leak at the inlet of the

leak detector.
The operator should adjust the parameters of the calibrated leak used.
1/1
C 440
mbar.l/s
Pa.m 3/s
LEAK RAE COR Torr.l/s
10
-12 10 -11 10 -10 10
-9 10
-8 10
-7 10
-6 10
-5 10
-4 10
-3 10
-2
SDBY EVAC ES

CYCLE
The control panel with graphic interface is equipped with a color

touch. In addition to standard panel function, it shows different
graphics. This display is offered as an option or as an accessory.
A 600/700
Graphic interface To display, measure and record the leak leak detector Helium signal
purpose as well as the inlet pressure.
Leak detector software It requires a leak detector software version ≥ V3.0r01(≥ V1.0r06 for
version ASI 22). Refer to “At the leak detector starting up” paragraph.
Automatic standby If no action is registered through the color touch screen for a period of
screen 1 hour, a standby-screen (black screen) appears automatically.
Any press on any key will reactivate the display.
Use caution • Use a pen, a finger or any other object with a rounded shape on
the touch screen.
Don’t use a pointed object (screwdriver for example).
• Storage temperature and humidity level. A 800/801
1/14
C 440
Control panel interface 16 15

30 mbar.l/s
1 Pa.m 3/s
LEAK RAE Torr.l/s

COR
14
31 20 11 10-12 10-11 10-10 10-9 10-8 10-7 10-6 10-5 10-4 10-3 10-2
12
17 18
19 13
SDBY EVAC ES
21 22 23 2 10
8
9
CYCLE
25 26 27 28 29 3 4 5 6
24
7
1 Inlet port pressure analog display
5 Auto-zero ON/OFF control key
6 Cycle START/STOP control key
10 Test ON/OFF indicator
11 Helium signal analogic display
15 Units of measurement selection
17 Menu display (4 lines)
18 Spectro pressure analog display
20 RESET: next display/parameter circular function
21 22 Plus or minus value adjustment, parameter selection, audio volume adjustment keys

23 NEXT of previously displayed values (cancels temporary inputs)
25 SET POINT menu selection key
26 SPECTRO (calibration and analyzer cell configuration menu selection key)
27 MAINTENANCE menu selection key
29 Remote control connection (accessory)
30 Graphic interface selection key
31 Color touch screen
2/14
C 440
Change of interface
“Basic” mode “Advanced” mode
Standard interface Standard interface
Graphic interface: dynamic graph Graphic interface: dynamic graph
Animated synoptic Graphic interface: memorised graph
Notes:
• Any action on one of the following keys switches the display back
to standard.
SET POINTS, SPECTRO , MAINTENANCE or
• After repeated zooms or measures in a memorized graph, some

display defects could appear when you return to the dynamic
graph.
defect example
These defects are unpredictable and no consequence. If a graph is

recording, these defects will not be recorded.
3/14
C 440
Operating principle of Please refer to the operating principle of the standard control panel.
the standard interface C 110
Operating principle of The graphic interface offers 2 operating (“basic“ and “advanced“)
the graphic interface modes.
Fonction “Basic” “Advanced”

mode mode
Dynamic graph • Dynamic graph
It shows the helium signal, inlet
pressure and reject threshold curves,
for a period between 30 s and 4 h,
depending on set parameters. X X
It appears by default when we switch
from the standard interface to the
graphic interface.
Memorized graph • Memorized graph
It allows to show the historical of the
memorized helium signal, inlet
pressure and reject threshold curves,
for a period between 3 h 16 mn and - X
900 h, depending on set parameters.
It allows to zoom in on the curves and
to measure the signals.

Animated synoptic
• Vacuum diagram
It allows to show the operating
principle of the leak detector, its
components and the leak detector
active parts during the different test
phases.
The valve colour corresponds at X -
the status (opened / closed) of
this valve when the detector is in
vacuum test, sniffing test, stand-by or
autocalibration.
If a valve is manually activated, it will
not change of colour on display.
4/14
C 440
Selection of the
graphic interface use
mode
At the leak detector start up When we switch on the leak detector, the starting screen displays the
selected mode.
Graphic interface
software version
The operator has 6 seconds to change it with a simple press on the
key ADVANCED or BASIC .
During the leak detector use In order to return to the starting screen, press the following keys at the
same time:
SET POINTS SPECTRO
+ +
or
SET POINTS MAINTENANCE
+ +
These operations are equivalent to do a complete reset : the

dynamic and memorized graphs will be erased.
5/14
C 440
Graphic interface
description 3
1
4 2
5 7
1 Helium signal scale 5 Reject threshold (black curve)

2 Helium signal (red curve) 6 Time scale
3 Inlet pressure scale 7 Selection keys: see details
4 Inlet pressure (blue curve) below
Selection keys Access to the memorized graph display
Access to the dynamic graph display
Start recording a graph
Stop recording a graph
Return to the previous screen or the standard interface
Exact value display for a selected point

Zoom on the selected area
Helium signal curve selection
Inlet pressure curve selection
Target moving
Deletion of the curve displayed on the screen

A message is displayed in order to confirm the operation.
Memorized graph recording
Access to the leak detector vacuum diagram
Contrast adjustment
6/14
C 440
Graphic interface A simple press on the dynamic graph allows access to the setting
setting menu.
Menus description
8 8
5 6 7 2
1 1 3
2 3 4 7 4
“Advanced“ mode “Basic“ mode
1 Selected parameter modification

2 Graph type selection : vertical or horizontal
- Time precision required >horizontal
- Measure precision and speed required >vertical
- If we switch from a vertical graph to a horizontal graph, or
vice-versa, all the dynamic graph points will be erased.
example: the same curve with both graph types.
Horizontal Vertical
7/14
C 440
8 8
2 5 6 7
1 3 1
7 4 2 3 4
Mode “Basic“ Mode “Advanced“

3
• Curves to show/recorder selection with a simple press on the
square: inlet pressure (PRESSURE), helium signal (HELIUM) and
reject threshold (REJECT POINT).
- The reject threshold and the unit of measurements in this menu
can also be adjusted in the SET POINTS and OTHER menus. Any
modification will be applied to the 3 menus (SET POINT, OTHER
and graphic interface).
• Display area setting of the inlet pressure and helium signal curves.
- If only one curve is selected, the display area applies to this
curve.
- If the both are selected, the display area applies to the helium
signal : the inlet pressure display area will be automatically
5 decades higher than the helium signal display area.
4
Modification validation or return to the graph.
5
Sampling rate between 2 measurements = 2 consecutive points of the
6
memorized curve.
Maximum recording time possible according to the sampling time set
for the memorized graph.
7
Time window displayed for the dynamic graph.
8 - “fast“ represents the maximum signal scrolling speed.
Adjustment of the contrast.

Contrast adjustment From the setting menu, you can adjust the screen contrast.
Optimum brightness after 5mn switch on. This panel is delivered with
an optimum setting of the brightness.
Note: The screen lifetime is the best with a contrast adjusted to 50 %.
• Press on the contrast key 8
• Adjust the contrast with the and keys 1
• Validate the modifications
8/14
C 440
Memorized graph Dynamic graph on the screen
Recording Start End
The recording time is displayed at the bottom left of the screen.
The red key is displayed as soon as a recording is in process.

Notes:
• If the memory is not erased between 2 recordings ( ) all the
successive recordings are on the same memorized graph. A cursor
indicates the end of each recording. A cursor indicates the end of
each recording.
example:
3 recordings on a
same memorized
graph
• When the memory is full and a recording is in process, the recording

is automatically stopped and the following message displayed:
MEMORY FULL
• It is possible during a recording to show or to enlarge the curve

portions already memorized, without stopping it. To do this,
press
Similarly, it is possible to use all the control panel functions : menu
access, start a cycle, auto-calibration, …
Note: In the case of an auto-calibration with an external leak,
set the standard interface in order to follow in the screen the
instructions given by the leak detector.
• Recording continues until we press .
Every leak detector stop or control panel disconnection will

erase the memory. Save the memorized graph (if required)
before these operations.
9/14
C 440
Display Reach the memorized graph by tapping on the key.

Note:
• You can go to the memorized graph as soon as you have recorded
at least 2 points.
If no recording has been done, the following message displays:
NO RECORDED POINTS.
Push ”REC“ for start recording
Zoom The memorized graph allows you to enlarge curve areas.

You only should define the targeted area with 2 point:
• Zoom in: with your finger or a pen, tap on the screen to set
point 1 , and 2 , and tap on the 3 key.
3
1
x2
• Zoom in: with your finger or a pen, tap on the screen to set
point 1 , and 2 , and tap on the 3 key.
3
2
x x
5
x
1
4 x
• To return to the previous zoom out, set points 1 and 2 nearby

(maximum 40 zooms out could be memorized).
• To return to the original graph (complete zoom out), put the points
4 and 5 very distant.
Notes:
• After having defined the targeted area, and before pressing ,
it is possible to modify the targeted area: move the area sides or
angles with the finger.
10/14
C 440
• You can enlarge as many times as you want until the displayed
period is equal to the sampling time set (until 2 points visible on the
graph).
• You can only enlarge the complete decades: you can not enlarge
inside a decade.
Point measure The memorized graph allows you to give the exact measure of every
memorized graph point at a “t” time.
• Press on key 1 .
• A target 2 appears at the screen center.
3
3
3
x 2
4
The target is the curve point to measure.

It is possible to change the target: move the axes with the finger or
arrows 3 .
• To switch the target from the helium signal curve to the inlet
pressure curve, press the key 4 .
5 6
x x 4
> helium signal value 6 or inlet pressure 5

> measure time (t)/recording start
11/14
C 440
Memorized graphs saving It is possible to do a screen copy (.bmp) or to create a file (.txt) with
the measures memorized. The .txt file is compatible with Excel: the
separator by default is “tab”.
Notes:
• The .txt and .bmp files saved correspond to the curve points
displayed on the screen:
- To have all the points, it is essential to be on the original graph
(no zoom).
- If a zoom has been done before the saving, the saving
corresponds only to the curve points displayed in the selected
area.
• If the memorized graph is made up of several successive recordings:
- the “ ” cursor will indicate each change of recording on the
▲
.bmp file.
- “break down n°” message will be indicated at the end of the last
line of each recording.
• If you press key while the remote control is connected to the

leak detector, the leak detector will be out of order.
To remedy it, press and disconnect/reconnect the remote

control.
Material • A specific cable to connect the control panel with the PC.
Part number: A461946
- Delivered with all the leak detectors equipped of the "control
panel with graphic interface" option.
- Not included in the "control panel with graphic interface"
accessory.
• A specific software “ASM Downloader“ should be set in your PC

download it:
- either on our internet Address: www.adixen.com/Ressources/ools
- or from the sheet G 800.
• PC configuration:
- PC 300 MHz, 128 Mb RAM, 50 Mb hard drive,
Graphic card 800 x 600 x 256 colors.
Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows XP
Display the memorized graph to the screen.
12/14
C 440
Procedure On the control panel, start the saving
Connect the cable
Don’t try to execute the software as long

as this screen is not displayed.
On the PC, execute

the specific software
Screen Copy Record File

Help
Separation message
between 2 successive
recordings
Separation cursor between

2 successive recordings
(100 separation cursors
.bmp .txt
maximum)
On the control panel, close the specific software
13/14
C 440
Animated synoptic Please refer to the “Change of interface” paragraph to reach it.
Synoptic reading 4
1
3
Etat du détecteur
1 2 3 4
interactive components
Valve closed Inactive canalization
Valve opened Active canalization: gas flow
When you press on the interactive components, you have a section

of the component or its operating principle. To return to the original
illustration, press again on the component.
Example

Note:
• The synoptic is personalized for each leak detector.
14/14
C 450
Long distance sniffer probe and
Helium spray gun
Please refer to the specific sheets for the instruction:
Long distance sniffer probe Helium spray gun G 500

G 400 / G 410
1/1
C 500
Inlet vent
C 120 C 140
Choices proposed to The operator can connect the leak detector:

the operator - to the vent air function,
- the gas line option (ASM 182 TD+ only).
At any time, during or after test, the inlet status is displayed

on the LCD and it is possible to control it (except for user level
interface 1 ).
The proposed default value is “off” (= valve closed).
Inlet: Air Vent
Air vent purpose At the end of a test cycle, 2 possibilities are available:
- venting (putting back to atmospheric pressure)
- not venting (keeping under vacuum) the part or installation tested.
This one can be made in a automatic or forced way.

That is why, the operator should program the following parameters:
- air vent at the end of a test cycle (“air off”/”air on”)
- activation of this air vent (“automatic”/”operator”).
B 00972 - Edition 06 - Juin 08
Air inlet activation Air inlet at the end

After the test
at the end of the cycle of the cycle
Automatic
On
Automatic air inlet
No automatic
Off
air inlet
On No automatic
Operator air inlet
Forced way air inlet
Off
by the operator
1/2
C 500
Inlet vent
Air vent Stand-by screen

Opening / Closing
Adjustment
C 110
The inlet vent status indicated in READY FOR CYCLE
the stand-by screen gives always INLET VENT:

...
off
the inlet vent valve status on the

stand-by
• On => valve opened
• Off => valve closed
Air vent adjustment automatic or

chamber
Adjustment operator or
C 110 sp.chamber
Adjustment delay 1
open
Adjustment time use 2
yes
Adjustment
no
Note: GB 00972 - Edition 06 - Juin 08
1 Delay - Time between the end of the cycle and the

inlet vent valve opening.
Only 3 possibilities: 0 - 1 s - 2 s
2 Open time use - The user can close again the inlet vent valve
after opening (yes/no). When used (yes), set
timer = time between inlet vent valve opening
and inlet vent valve closing again.
Inlet: gas line option (ASM 182 TD+ only)

C 420
2/2
C 510
Bargraph zoom
Purpose This function offers a better resolution of the readout as well as a better
view of the helium signal behaviour around the set point.
This function requires a remote control or a control panel with an

analog display use.
Activate/deactivate
the bargraph zoom Adjustment
3x C 110
1/2
C 510
Bargraph zoom
Analog display When a bargraph zoom is activated, use the helium signal zero scale:
a blinking led indicates the reject point.
Remote control -2
10
-12 10 -11 10 -10 10
-9 10
-8 10
-7 10
-6 10
-5 10
-4 10
-3 10
-2
& control panel

10
10
-3
1 decade
-4
blinking led = reject point

10
blinking led = reject point
COR ZERO
10
-5 (1 + 1) decades 1 decade
10
-6
INLET Control panel

TEST 10
-7
10
3
2 10
-8
10
(1 + 1) decades
HIGH
10
1 -9
10
SNIF
10
-10 The helium signal zero scale displays
the leak value in 2 colors following
10
-1
10
-11
-2
the measured leak value:
10
-3 VENT -12
10 10
mbar mbar.l/s
• if the measured leak value is under
CYCLE
the reject point, the flashing leds are
AUTO CAL ZERO green,
• if the measured leak value exceeds
the reject point, the flashing leds are
red (and the blinking led orange).
Reject point C 211
Remote control

Zero function & When bargraph zoom and zero functions are ON in the same time,
Bargraph zoom the operator must read measured leak value in this way as follow:
• digital display
The leak value displayed is the value corrected with zero function.
Zero function C 540
• analog display
Use the helium signal zero scale.
The analog display is the actual bargraph zoom display (see above).
2/2
C 510
Bargraph zoom
C 120 C 140
Audio alarm definition The Audio alarm appears differently, based on the Zero function.
• Zero function is not activated:
The Audio alarm is started when the helium signal is exceeding a set
point and called reject point.
• Zero function is activated:
The audio alarm threshold is then called “floating”. It is slightly set
above the zero level and will be triggered for any rise of the helium
signal.
Zero function C 540
Digital voice definition The digital voice informs the operator by sending audio messages in
the following cases:
• starting-up process and auto-calibration process
• when detector is ready
• rejected part
• fault.
General At any time it is possible to adjust the volume:

to increase volume to decrease volume
Sound level The level varies from 0 to 8 (= 90 dBA).
Adjustment Digital voice

Adjustment
C 110
Adjustment
Audio alarm
1/1
C 540
Zero function
C 120 C 140
Purpose of the cycle It allows an automatic control of the roughing time and measure
end time i. e. the end of cycle.
• Cycle end: operator - Operator stops the cycle ( )
• Cycle end: automatic - Cycle is stopped automatically.
Note: if Cycle end is automatic, the parameters of roughing and

measure times are automatic.
Activate / Deactivate operator
the Cycle end

Adjustment
4x C 110
automatic
Adjustment
measure
yes
Adjustment
no
Adjustment
roughing
• Roughing
Roughing timer determines maximum authorized roughing time before
the tested part is considered as bad.
To consider the tested part as bad, it is necessary to activate the

Memo function.
Memo function C 550
• Measure
If Cycle end is activated (automatic), user should adjust the measure
timer i.e. the cycle end.
The measure timer corresponds to the time allowed for the leak
detector to remain in test. When it is reached, the measure flashes.
1/1
1/2
C 540
Zero function
Purpose Zero function is provided:

• to help the operator to identify a very small fluctuation of the helium
signal out of the ambiant background,
• to enlarge small fluctuations of the helium signal on the analog
display.
The zero function could be activated:
- by the operator,
- in automatic.
It’s advised to use this function when helium background signal is low.
Activate the zero The process of the zero function is the same whatever the activation
function mode (operator or automatic). The only difference is when the
background suppression activation is automatic, the operator does not
need to press .
=>
Principle example He flow value
Background value displayed without autozero activation
Background value displayed with autozero activation
Autozero
activation
0 Time
1/3
C 540
Zero function
Deactivate the
zero function =>
Activation/Deactivation
of the background Adjustment
4x C 110
operator
Adjustment
trigger automatic
F4 Adjustment F4
value
The trigger parameter corresponds to the value at which the zero

function is selected. It could be a timer or set point.
( = press if activation = operator)
The autozero will start:

- every time that the parameted set point is reached (if trigger set).
- regulary, depending on the defined frequency (if timer set).
Display • Display changes according to the activation or not of the ˝bargraph

zoom on reject point˝ ( C 510) function.
• Example with a calibrated leak of 1x10-8 mbar.l/s
Zero not activated 10

-2

+ +
LEAK RATE COR 10 -3
10
-12 10 -11 10 -10 10 -9 10
-8 10
-7 10
-6 10
-5 10
-4 10
-3 10
-2
10 -4
10
-5
Example : displayed value = 1.0x10-8 mbar.l/s 10 -6
10
-7
10
-8
10
-9
10 -10
10
-11
10 -12
mbar.l/s
2/3 1/2
C 550
Memo function
Zero activated
+
or
Bargraph zoom on reject point Bargraph zoom on reject point
not activated activated
=> =>
LEAK RATE COR LEAK RATE COR
LEAK RATE COR LEAK RATE COR
10 -12 10 -11 10 -10 10 -9 10 -8 10 -7 10 -6 10 -5 10 -4 10 -3 10 -2 10 -12 10 -11 10 -10 10 -9 10 -8 10 -7 10 -6 10 -5 10 -4 10 -3 10 -2
Reject point
0.0E-00 displayed 10 -2 0.0E-00 displayed 10 -2
only for 1 s, then 10 -3

only for 1 s, then 10 -3
1/100 leak value 1/100 reject point Reject

10 -4
displayed (*) 10 -4
value displayed (*) point
Example: displayed 10 -5 Example: reject point = 10 -5
value = 1x10-7 mbar.l/s 10 -6

10 -6
1x10-10 mbar.l/s Displayed leak = -7
10 -7
1x10-9 mbar.l/s 10
10 -8
10 -8
10 -9
10 -9
10 -10
10 -10
10 -11
10 -11
10
-12
10 -12 mbar.l/s
mbar.l/s
(*) Note: The1/100 reject point value or 1/100 leak value

displayed is limited to the low limit of the measurment range in the
selected test mode.
Example: ASM 142 in Normal test mode
Test mode mbar.l/s The 1/100 reject point value or

1/100 leak value will never be
Gross leak 1x10-9 to 1 lower than 1x10-11 mbar.l/s.
Refer to A 800 for the limit
Normal 1x10-11 to 3.10-4 values according to the leak
Sniffing 1x10-7 to 1.10-1 detector.
1/1
C 540
Zero function
Purpose This function freezes the display showing the result of the previous test.
The measured value flashs and blinks until a new test cycle is started
(display timer deactivated).
Activate/Deactivate
the memo function Adjustment
4x C 110
no
no display timer
yes
Adjustment
yes
Adjustment
Display timer Once the memo function is activated, user has the possibility to
activate or not the display timer.

Display timer determines the time during which measured leak value is
displayed.
3/3
C 570
Date - Time - Language - Unit
Purpose The helium pollution prevention function prevents the detector from
being polluted by helium when the part or installation to be tested
contains a lot of helium.
Leak detector in test mode, if the signal increases quickly above
depollution reject point, the cycle is automatically ended and the leak
detector stays in stand-by mode until the helium has decreased.
Note: There is no message to inform the operator that the detector is

over again ready for a new test.
Note:
Helium pollution prevention Big quantity of Helium in

function not activated + the pumped parts
=
Detector polluted

Depollution
= Wait and pump a few hours (the best
solution is one night)
= Purge with N2 flow or air flow
Note: When the detector reaches the 10-4 mbar threshold, it

automatically pass in gross leak test mode.
Activate/Deactivate
the Helium pollution
Adjustment
prevention 2x C 110
off
on
Adjustment
1/1
C 560
Helium pollution prevention
C 120 C 140
Adjustment procedure
date
Adjustment
C 110
time
Adjustment
2x
unit
Adjustment
language
Adjustment
Date The leak detector calculates its storage period since the last switching
off. C 200
Take care to set the correct date.
Language The leak detector offers 2,3 or 4 languages, according to the model.
A 600
Notes:
- All messages on the LCD are on the selected language.
- The selected language is the language of the digital voice.
Digital voice C 520
Unit The leak detector offers 3 units:

• mbar.l/s
• Pa.m3/s
• Torr.l/s
When the operator connects the remote control on the leak

detector, the leak detector unit is automatically reprogrammed with
the unit of the remote control.
The remote control unit is memorized by the detector when the
operator disconnects the remote control.
1/1
C 580
Fault / information indicator and display
Fault and At any time, the leak detector can display on the LCD clear
information Information or Fault messages based on the analysis of the leak
detector status.
There are 3 basic types of faults: minor fault, major fault and critical
failure.
There are 2 basic types of information: user information and service
information.
The messages are displayed on a specific display by order of
importance:
1. critical failure
2. major fault and minor fault
3. user information and service information
Faults 3 fault types: minor fault, major fault and critical failure.
Minor fault • Warning:
- on the digital display alternatively the helium signal and “Er” are
shown.
- on the LCD, a “!” flashing at the right end of the 1st line.
..... !
.....
.....
COR .....
LEAK RATE
The digital voice advises the operator of the procedure to follow.

• Result:
This will not stop the functions of the leak detector but can affect the
validity of the test result.
NEXT
• Message:
To read the messsage

AUTOCAL. FAILURE
A clear message describes the error BACKGROUND TOO HIGH
PRESS NEXT
on line 2 and 3. The most important
warning message is displayed on the
1st line.
Up to 3 messages may be displayed on the message display.
• Duration: may be temporary or permanent
- temporary if the fault appears and then disappears without a
corrective action from the user
- permanent until the cause is erased by the user.
• Remedy:
- Temporary: the indicator disappears and the warning message is
erased.
- Permanent: both indicator and message are memorized until the fault
is eliminated.
9/6
C 580
Faults (cont.) ASM 142 S and ASM 102 S special case:

• If after the start, the background is lower than the sniffer probe
clogged point:
- The “AL” message appears permanently on the
digital display, LEAK RATE COR
- a «!» flashing at the right end of the screen.

• This default, althought minor, is blocking. It is necessary to launch a
calibration to make it disappear.
Major fault • Warning:

- on the digital display, “Er” is permanently displayed.
- a flashing message occurs on the LCD
WARNING! PRESS NEXT

...
...
LEAK RATE COR ...
he digital voice advises the operator of the procedure to follow.

• Result:
May prevent the leak detector from making a vacuum test or an
autocalibration
• Message:
To read the messsage NEXT
Note: A major fault can behave like a temporary minor fault if the
origin of the error has disappeared.

Critical failure • Warning:
- on the digital display, “Er” is permanently displayed. All indicators
are turned off.
- on the LCD the clear message of a critical failure is directly
displayed. Details are displayed on line 2 and 3.
CRITICAL FAILURE
pressure gauge fail.
LEAK RATE COR SERVICE AND RESTART
The digital voice advises the operator of the procedure to follow.

• Result:
Complete shut down of the leak detector is required.
• Remedy:
Need the servicing of the leak detector before starting it again.
1/6
C 580
Information 2 information types: user and service information.

• Warning:
- no indicator on the digital display
- on the LCD, a “i” flashing at the right end of the 1st line.
...... i
......
......
LEAK RATE COR ......
- The digital voice advises the operator of the procedure to follow.

• Result:
Doesn’t affect the functions of the leak detector
- User information
Only an indication that the leak detector is in a particular status which
may require an action from the user in order to return to a standard
situation
- Service information
Only an indication that the leak detector requires a service or
maintenance action.
• Message:
To read the messsage NEXT
A clear message describes the fault on line 2 and 3.

User information display Service information display
USER INFORMATION SERVICE INFORMATION
filament request off new filament required
PRESS RESET PRESS RESET
• Duration:
After display of the clear message, the indicator and the clear
message are erased but they will be reactivated at the next start-up of
the leak detector or at each unauthorized request by the user or
30 min later, if the origin of the message is still present.
• Remedy:
- User information
Can be eliminated by an action which is accessible by the user.
- Service information
Can be eliminated by a service action on the involved component and
by resetting the corresponding configuration parameter. This is only
accessible by the customer service.
Service instructions E
3/6
C 580
List of messages For all messages, note their contents in order to identify the origin
of the message and take the corresponding corrective action if
necessary.
General troubleshooting guide D 300
The RS 232 codes of these messages are described in the specific

RS 232 user manual.
ASM 192 T2D+

ASM 182 TD+
ASM 192 TD+

ASM 192 T2
ASM 122 D
ASM 142 D
Information
Information
ASM 142 S
ASM 102 S
ASM 182 T
ASM 192 T
ASM 1002
ASM 142
Service
ASI 22
User
Information messages
auto. cal. required • •
filament request off • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
manual calibration • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
auto. cal. aborted • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
drift too high (zero) • • • • • • • • • • •
He too high for zero • • • • • • • • • • • • •
He too low for zero • • • • • • • • • • • • •
external calib. Leak • • • • • • • • • • • • •
new fil#1 required • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
new fil#2 required • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
maintenance required • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

fil1-collector short • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
press zero & spray He • • • • • • • • • • • •
no Hy leak for calib • • • • • • • • • • • •
rough. MDP pump maint. • •(5)
rough. ATP pump maint. • •(2) • •
auto. cal. required • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
external leak maint. • • •
internal leak maint. • •
primary pump maint. • •(4) •(4) •(4) •(8) •(10) •(12) •(3)
high. vac pump maint • •(1) •(1) •(1) •(1) •(1) •(1) •(7) •(9) •(9) •(9) •(11) •(5)
roughing pump maint. • •(2) •(3) •(3) •(6) •(5)
(1) TMP 5154 (5) MDP 5006 HDS (9) AMP 007 I
(2) ATP 100 (6) ATH 31+ (10) AMD 1
(3) MDP 5011 (7) ATH 31 (11) ATH 164
(4) ACP 28 (8) Dry pump (12) Diaphragm pump
4/6
C 580
ASM 192 T2D+

ASM 182 TD+
ASM 192 TD+

Critical failure
Major failure
Minor failure
ASM 192 T2
ASM 122 D
ASM 142 D
ASM 142 S
ASM 102 S
ASM 182 T
ASM 192 T
ASM 1002
ASM 142
ASI 22
Error message
autocal failure • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
temperature too low • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
temperature too high • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
cal. leak year error • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
peak search error • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
peak adjust error • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
background too high • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
emission loss • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
cell. zero off limits • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
cell. zero stability • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
calib. test mode lost • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
sensitivity too high • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
background trouble • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
lack of sensitivity • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
cell.pressure safety • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
triode safety • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
emission failure • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
snif. probe clogged • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
high. vac pump speed • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
cell pres.>0.01 mbar • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
high. vac pump fail • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
cell pres.>1e-04 mbar • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • •
filaments #1&#2 bad

no collector voltage • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
time keeper ram fail. • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
cell. gauge failure • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
rough. pump failure • •(2) •(3) •(3) •(2) •(6) •(5)
24 V DC troubles • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
mini reject point on • •
check ATH connector • •(7)
check AMP connector • •(9) •(9) •(9) •(5) •(3)
check TMP connector • •(1) •(1) •(1) •(1) •(1) •(1) •(11)
check ATH connector • •(6)
check MDP connector • •(3) •(3) •(5) •(5)
check ATP connector • •(2) •(2)
LDS probe problem • • •
5/6
C 580
ASM 192 T2D+

ASM 182 TD+
ASM 192 TD+

Critical failure
Major failure
Minor failure
ASM 192 T2
ASM 122 D
ASM 142 D
ASM 142 S
ASM 102 S
ASM 182 T
ASM 192 T
ASM 1002
ASM 142
ASI 22
Error message
dynamic cal failure • •
bad RAM integrity • •
high. vac pump speed • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
rough. pump failure • •(2) •(3) •(3) •(2) •(6) •(5)
primary pump failure • •(12) •(12) •(4) •(4) •(4) •(12)
(1) TMP 5154 (5) MDP 5006 HDS (9) AMP 007 I
(2) ATP 100 (6) ATH 31+ (10) AMD 1
(3) MDP 5011 (7) ATH 31 (11) ATH 164
(4) ACP 28 (8) Dry pump (12) Diaphragm pump
6/6
D
Maintenance - Troubleshooting
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
D 100 Table of preventive maintenance intervals
D 200 Maintenance message

- Definition
- Adjustment of the counters
D 300 General troubleshooting guide
D 300 / D 400 General troubleshooting guide/Symptoms description
D 400 Symptoms description

1/1
D 100
Table of preventive maintenance intervals
ASM 192 T2D+

ASM Graph D+
ASM 182 TD+

ASM 192 TD+
ASM 192 T2
ASM 122 D
ASM 142 D
ASM 102 S
ASM 142 S
ASM 182 T
ASM 192 T
ASM 1002
ASM 142
ASI 22
Frequency* Maintenance operations to be performed
1000 h(1) Clean filters (inlet filters, air inlet

filter)
- • • • • • • •
2000 h(1) or Change the rotary vane pump oil.

E 750 • • • • • •
3 months(2) Change the oil mist eliminator.
4000 h(1) or Clean the vacuum lines, the valves
6 months(2) and the gauges with alcohol - Dust
the electronic boards and the fans.
Partial maintenance of the analyzer
cell: Replace analyzer cell
E 400 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
filaments and collector. Clean the
analyzer cell with alcohol (this
cleaning may be necessary in case
of general internal contamination
creating insulating deposits).
8000 h(1) Sniffer probe filter replacement if
G 200 • • • • • • • • • • • • •
ou 1 year(2) used.
Pirani gauge adjustment. CS • • • • •
APT 1004 gauge adjustment. CS • •
Electronic overhaul - • •
Replace the seal in the rotary vane
CS • • •
pump.
AMD1 pump: replacement of
membranes and check valves.
E 710 •
Change the inlet filter of the test
chamber.
CS : Please contact Customer Service
*Service intervals: The service intervals given are for applications and work rates which conform to the normal operating
conditions. If the machine is operating under more difficult conditions they can be shortened.
(1) running time

(2) running time or storage
(3) storage
1/2
D 100
Table of preventive maintenance intervals
ASM 192 T2D+

ASM Graph D+
ASM 182 TD+

ASM 192 TD+
ASM 192 T2
ASM 122 D
ASM 142 D
ASM 102 S
ASM 142 S
ASM 182 T
ASM 192 T
ASM 1002
ASM 142
ASI 22
Frequency* Maintenance operations to be performed
10000 h(1) Replacement of membranes and

CS •
replacement of valves.
Primary pump maintenance/
replacement of membranes and CS •
valves.
12000 h(1) Regrease the molecular pump. E 740 • • • • • • • •
Regrease the turbomolecular
E 740 • • • • • •
pump.
Regrease the ATP 100 or
E 730 • • •
ATH 164 pump.
Regrease the AMP 007I molecular
CS • • • •
pump.
15000 h (1) Replace the ball bearings of the
CS •
ATH 31 pump.
16000 h or Recalibration/exchange of the
(1)
2 years(3) internal calibrated leak or E 570 • • • • • • • • • • •

calibrated leak used for
calibration.
Complete service of the rotary
CS • • • • • •
vane pump.
22000 h (1) Replace the ball bearings and the
or 1 year(3) seals of the molecular pump and E 740 • • • • •
turbomolecular pump.
Replace the ball bearings and the
seal of the ATP 100 or ATH 164 E 730 • • •
pump.

Complete maintenance of dry
pump (ACP 28 pump/ACP 15 CS • • •
pump).
24000 h (1) Replace the ball bearings and the
CS • • • • • •
or 1 year(3) seals of the molecular pump.
500000 Change the valves. • • • • • • • • • • • • •
cycles
E 530
Every 2 Change ATH 31 pump ball
years bearings if the leak detector has •
not been used.
CS : Please contact Customer Service
*Service intervals: The service intervals given are for applications and work rates which conform to the normal operating
conditions. If the machine is operating under more difficult conditions they can be shortened.
(1) running time

(2) running time or storage
(3) storage
2/2
D 200
Maintenance message
Definition The Maintenance messages will be display on the LCD in order

to inform the operator to do the maintenances.
The operator should adjust the periodicity of the appearance of
this message.
These messages concern (according to the leak detector model):
- The primary pump
- The high vacuum pump
- The roughing pump
- The periodicity of maintenance (cycles).
Adjustment of the All models

ASM 142 / 182 T / 192 T / 1002
counters ASM 122 D / 142 D / Graph D+ / 182 TD+ / 192 TD+
ASM 192 T2
ASM 192 T2D+
NEXT Primary pump (*)

adjustment
NEXT
High vac pump (*)

adjustment
NEXT
NEXT
Rough. ATP pump (*) Roughing pump (*)

adjustment adjustment
NEXT 2x NEXT
Rough. MDP pump (*) Maintenance (*)

adjustment required adjustment
Reset
(*) … pump adjustment
or =
Maint. required adjustment Initial value
Adjustment
C 110
1/1
D 300
General troubleshooting guide
Symptoms
D 400
Remote control
Helium signal or inlet pressure analog display abnormally lit 27
Remote Control keys inactive 28

Background
High helium background signal 47
High helium background signal (in stand-by mode) 43
High helium background signal (in hard vacuum test mode) 44
Calibration
autocal. aborted 3
autocal. required 2
Manual calibration 4
Start-up autocal. failure 31
Autocal. failure: cal. Leak year error 32
Autocal. failure: peak adjust error 37
Autocal. failure: peak locating error 36
Autocal. failure: emission loss 38

GB 04081 - Edition 01 - January 2009
Autocal. failure: helium pollution 34
Unable to reach target value 40
Unable to start an autocalibration 39
Temperature too low/ high: autocal. failure temperature limits 33
Temperature too low/ high 51

ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+
Starting up
No display appears on the control panel 42
Nothing happens when the power is switched ON 41
Message
autocal. aborted 3
1/4
D 300
Symptoms
D 400
Message
autocal. required 2
Manual calibration 4
New fil #1 / #2 required 5
Filament request off 6
Maintenance required 1
Control panel
« ! « or « i « appears at the end of line 1 on the LCD 23
No display appears on the control panel 42
Helium signal or inlet pressure analog display abnormally lit 27
Helium signal digital display flashing 24
Primary pump
No noise from the rotary vane pump 55
Abnormal noise from the rotary vane pump 56

High vacuum pump
Pump failure 52
Pump speed 53
Cell pressure
Cell pres. > 0.01 mbar 7
Cell pres. > 1e-04 mbar 8
Cell pressure safety 13
Triode safety 14
ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+
Inlet pressure
Impossible to reach the selected mode 20
Inlet pressure display does not show atmospheric pressure 16
No inlet vent (inlet vent ON requested) 17
2/4
D 300
Symptoms
D 400
Inlet pressure
No test chamber opening at the cycle end
Mode: asm
22
Mode: pass/fail
21
No inlet pressure drop at start of a cycle 19

He signal
Emission failure 15
Fil 1/Fil 2 required 11
Filaments bad 10
No cell pressure display 69
Helium signal unstable 45
Sniffing test
High helium background signal 47
Inconsistent Helium signal 50
Helium signal unstable 48

Sniffer probe clogged 26

Hard vacuum test
Impossible to reach the selected mode 20

ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+

Mode: asm
22
Mode: pass/fail
21
No test cycle start at the test chamber closing 46
3/4
D 300
Symptoms
D 400
Hard vacuum test

ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+
4/4
D 300 / D 400
General troubleshooting guide /
Symptoms description
General troubleshooting guide ( D 300) and Symptoms

description ( D 400) are available for consultation from an
INTERACTIVE application specifically designed for the technical
documentation.
To access to the
interactive application
Click on the button

from the T.R.M.
To print the sheets

D 300 and
D 400
Display the sheet from the

pulldown menu and launch

the printing.
With the printing files, you lost all the easy research proposed
with the application interactivy. So we advise to use the
interactive application for defaults and associated solutions
research.
Alcatel Vacuum Technology France 1/1

D 400
ORIGIN / DIAGNOSTIC
SYMPTOM REMEDY
CONFIRMATION
Maintenance required Number of cycles before maintenance n Refer to the table of preventive D 100
1 obsolete maintenance intervals
n Reset the counter D 200
autocal. required An autocalibration is required n Start an autocalibration C 301

2
autocal. aborted The autocalibration is stopped before n Restart an autocalibration C 301

3 the end of the autocal. cycle
Manual calibration In spectro menu, autocal. is off n C 302

4
New fil #1 / #2 required The fil #1 / #2 is burned n Change the fil #1 / #2 E 400
5
Filament request off The filament is switched off n In Spectro menu, switch on the E 400
6 filament
Cell pres. > 0.01 mbar Analyzer cell pressure too high / leak n Check tightness of the analyzer cell -
7 (spectro PI safety activated) Eliminate the leak
Cell pres. > 1e-04 mbar Analyzer cell pressure too high / leak n Keep pumping the cell for 10 min -
8 (triode safety activated) (in stand-by mode)
If the trouble is not eliminated
check tightness of the analyzer cell
Eliminate the leak
Filaments bad Both filaments broken n Replace filaments E 400

10
Fil 1/Fil 2 required Short circuit in the cell (fil 1 / fil 2 n Eliminate the short circuit in the E 400
11 collector shunt message ) cell
Cell pressure safety Analyzer cell pressure too high / n Keep pumping the cell for 10 min -
13 leak or air inlet (spectro PI1 safety (in stand-by mode)
activated) If the trouble is not eliminated

Eliminate the leak and check the
state of the filaments
Triode safety Analyzer cell pressure too high / leak n Keep pumping the cell for 10 min -
14 (triode safety activated) (in stand-by mode)
If the trouble is not eliminated
Eliminate the leak and check the
state of the filaments
Filament off - During cycle, the n Check or replace the defective

ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+
Emission failure E 400

15 calibration is defective filament
Inlet pressure display does not Inlet port not vented (Inlet vent OFF n Select Inlet Vent ON C 500
16 show atmospheric pressure on LCD)
1/6
D 400
ORIGIN / DIAGNOSTIC
SYMPTOM REMEDY
CONFIRMATION
No inlet vent (inlet vent ON Vent valve coil – Check valve VA1 n Change valve VA1 if faulty:
17 requested) connections and coil status - Minisol/bacosol E 530/E
- VAT: change valve if faulty 531
Change supervisor board P0302 n Exchange P0302 E 230
No inlet pressure drop at start of Inlet gauge head disconnected n Secure proper inlet pirani gauge -
19 a cycle head connection
Hard vacuum test cycle unauthorized n Check leak detector status:
(a sound is emitted when the cycle example: check that SNIFFING test
control key is pressed) is not selected
Fuse on the P0318 board defective n Replace the fuse
(only 182/192 series)
Roughing valve VR1 defective n Change the coil or the valve
Head gauge disconnected
Impossible to reach the selected Leak detector configuration (Inlet n Check selected test mode C 210
20 mode pressure compatible with desired test consistency
mode)
Internal leak n Check the tightness of the -
valves,seals...
Primary pump n Check primary pump limit pressure
Repair if necessary
If RVP, change the oil
Molecular or turbomolecular pump n Check the pump is rotating
Fuse on the P0318 board defective n Replace the fuse
(only 182/192 series)
Detection valve defective n Change the coil or the valve
No test chamber opening at the Part good, green light on n Check and set inlet vent parameters C 500
21 cycle end
Mode: pass/fail
Cycle and memo functions not active n Set functions

No test chamber opening at the C 550/C
22 cycle end 530
Mode: asm
Part good, green light on n Check and set inlet vent parameters C 500
« ! « or « i « appears at the end Fault or information display activated n Press NEXT to display the clear C 580
23 of line 1 on the LCD message
Helium signal digital display Fault display activated (Er alternately n Press NEXT to display the clear C 580
24 flashing displayed with helium signal) message
Sniffer probe clogged LDS probe filter clogged (message n Change LDS probe filter G 400
26
ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+
disappears when the filter is

removed)
Sniffer probe clogged set point n Check sniffer probe clogged set
adjustment too high (leak detector point value
autocalibrated) Adjust it 20 % of the ambient
helium signal
2/6
D 400
ORIGIN / DIAGNOSTIC
SYMPTOM REMEDY
CONFIRMATION
Helium signal or inlet pressure Wrong connection between remote n Secure proper connection of the -
27 analog display abnormally lit control and control panel remote control, stop leak detector
and start again
Remote Control keys inactive Remote control disconnected (no LED n Secure proper connection of the C 301
28 and display on the remote) remote control.
If remote control display is erratic,
after reconnection, stop leak
detector and start again
Autocal key deactivated (Beep n Leak detector is in test mode:
emitted when Autocal key is pressed) external calibration is available on
the control panel only
Stop test cycle to start an internal
autocalibration
Start-up autocal. failure Filament status OFF n Select filament status ON in the E 400
31 spectro menu and start an autocal.
Peak fault n Check the analyzer cell
Analyzer cell incorrect assembly
Autocal. failure: cal. Leak year Incorrect internal calibrated leak n Check and correct internal C 305
32 error parameters calibrated leak parameters
Temperature too low/ high: Temperature sensor disconnected n Secure proper temp. captor A 800
33 autocal. failure temperature connection to the internal
limits calibrated leak
Ambient temperature n Make sure the leak detector is
used within ambient temperature
tolerance
Fan(s) failure n Check fan status and replace faulty -
fan(s)
Autocal. failure: helium pollution High background (helium signal is n Degassing in the analyzer cell: E 750
34 higher to the calibrated leak value keep pumping the cell for 10 min
used for the calibration) (in stand-by mode) and start an
autocalibration
If the trouble is not eliminated,

look for possible leaks or oil
contamination (for RVP)
Autocal. failure: peak locating Problem of the calibration valve n Check valve VC3 E 530
36 error
Peak fault: internal calibrated leak n Check internal calibrated leak C 300
damaged (lack of helium) parameters
n Check consistency between
measurement of the internal and
the external calibrated leak
ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+
n Change internal calibrated leak -

Incorrect filament alignment n Check and adjust filament position E 400
Peak fault: analyzer cell incorrect n Check the analyzer cell

assembly
3/6
D 400
ORIGIN / DIAGNOSTIC
SYMPTOM REMEDY
CONFIRMATION
Autocal. failure: peak adjust error Peak fault: internal calibrated leak n Check that the calibration E 400
37 parameters parameters are correct
Incorrect filament alignment n Check and adjust filament position
Peak fault: analyzer cell incorrect n Check the analyzer cell E 530
assembly
Autocal. failure: emission loss Problem of the calibration valve n Check valve VC3 C 302
38
Unable to start an Manual calibration selected n Select automatic calibration C 302

39 autocalibration
Leak detector is in test mode (remote n The control panel AUTOCAL key C 301
control AUTOCAL key inactive) is only active to start an external
calibration
For internal autocalibration, stop
the test cycle
Unable to reach target value Incorrect internal calibrated leak n Check and correct internal C 305
40 parameters calibration leak parameters
Internal calibrated leak faulty (check n Change/recalibrate internal E 560
helium signal with an external calibrated leak
calibrated leak)
Nothing happens when the Power fuse burnt n Change fuse and check power -
41 power is switched ON voltage
No display appears on the Control panel disconnected from n Secure proper control panel -
42 control panel supervisor board connection.
Power supply board trouble n Change fuse of the power supply
board
Control panel trouble n Change control panel board
High helium background signal Rotary vane pump pollution (if RVP) n Open air ballast E 750
43 (in stand-by mode) Change the oil
Leak inside the leak detector n Helium leak: check the valves -
Analyzer cell contamination n Clean and recondition the cell E 400 GB 03978 - Edition 01 - January 2009
Ambient air helium contamination n Clean the ambient air -

(background OK when leak
detector placed in another room
or environment, free of helium
contamination)
High helium background signal Tested piece degassing (background n Clean the part/installation being -
44 (in hard vacuum test mode) OK in test mode when leak detector testing. Eliminate the source of
inlet port blanked off) degassing or contamination
ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+
Helium signal unstable Analyzer cell connections n Check that the external analyzer -
45 cell connections are correct and the
internal analyzer cell connections
properly fastened
Contamination of the rotary vane n Change the oil E 750
pump oil (helium “peaks” at regular
intervals) (if RVP)
4/6
D 400
ORIGIN / DIAGNOSTIC
SYMPTOM REMEDY
CONFIRMATION
No test cycle start at the test Sensor disconnected: sensor light off n Check the sensor connection to the -
46 chamber closing test chamber and the board
High helium background signal Ambient air helium contamination n Clean ambient air -
47 (background OK when leak
detector placed in another room
or environment, free of helium
contamination)
Internal LDS plastic tube disconnected n Repair LDS probe tube (tightness of G 400
(background decreases very slowly connectors) or change LDS probe
when sniffer probe tip is blocked with
a finger)
Helium signal unstable Ambient source of helium n Check possible sources of helium -
48 contamination emission in the surroundings
Eliminate or isolate it
Inconsistent Helium signal Fine signal adjustment required n Make an external calibration in C 303
50 sniffing mode
Temperature too low/ high Ambient temperature sensor n Make sure the leak detector is A 800
51 used within ambient temperature
tolerance
Pump failure Overheating n Check the connections : unplug and -

52 plug the cables on the P0326 board
and the pump
n If the pump isn’t locked at starting, E 740/E
the orange led on the P0326 lights 747
on after the simultaneous lighting
of the 3 leds during 3-4 seconds.
Recondition the pump or replace it.
Pump speed P0326 switch is in running in n -

53
The exhaust pressure of the pump n Check the pump
is not correct (lower or equal to 5
mbar )
The exhaust valve has not opened n Check the gross leak valve E 740
Leaks inside the leak detector n Check the tightness of the -
canalizations, valves, pumps and
cell (alcohol test or use of another
detector)
Greasing of the pump ball bearings to n Regrease the pump ball bearings E 740
be performed
No noise from the rotary vane Rotary vane pump power supply not n Connect the rotary vane pump -
ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+
55 pump connected power supply connector
Abnormal noise from the rotary Oil temperature lower than 10°C n Heat the pump body to -
56 vane pump approximately 18°C
5/6
D 400
ORIGIN / DIAGNOSTIC
SYMPTOM REMEDY
CONFIRMATION
No cell pressure display Filament OFF requested n Check filament status in SPECTRO -
69 menu
Short circuit on triode electrode n Eliminate the short circuit in the
cell

ASM 142 - 142 D - Graph D+
6/6
E
Maintenance sheets
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
E 100 Maintenance operations introduction

- Safety instructions
- Working conditions
- Icons used
E 110 ASM 142/ASM 142 S - Access to the internal components

- Access level 1
- Access level 2
E 111 ASM 142 D - ASM Graph D+ - Access to the internal components

- Access level 1
- Access level 2
- Access level 3
E 120 Sending of a leak detector for reparation to a service center

- Safety questionnaire
- Packaging
- Transportation
E 400 Basic maintenance of the analyzer cell

- Components
- Safety instructions
- Special precautions
- Cell disassembly
- Cleaning the body

- Disassemble the filaments
- Disassemble the electron collector
- Replace the electron collector and the filaments
- Tighten all the connection screws
- Reassemble the flange
- Tighten all the securing screws
- Restart and check proper operation of the analyzer cell
- Reset the filament information timer
- Switch on/off the filament
- Verification of the electrical zero
- Symptoms and probable cause
E 530 Valves installation and maintenance

- Valves identification
- VAT valves DN 25 / DN 40
- Vacuum activated valves
- Minisol and Bacosol valves
1/2
E
Maintenance sheets
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
E 560 Replacement of the internal calibrated leak
- Purpose of the calibrated internal leak
- Frequency of internal leak “recalibration“
- How to recalibrate the internal leak
- Removal of the internal calibrated leak
- Installation of a new internal calibrated leak
- Intensive use of the detector
E 600 Remote control

- Replacement of the remote control
- Remote control defective
- Remote control box exchange
E 610 Long distance sniffer probe and Helium spray gun
E 710 AMD1 Diaphragm pump maintenance

- Disassembling the pump from its support
- Replacing check valves and diaphragms
- AMD1 Diaphragm pump breakdown view
- Connector disassembly
- Check valve disassembly
- Diaphragm disassembly
- Diaphragm reassembly
- Check valve reassembly
- Connector reassembly
- Reassembling the pump on its support
E 730 Starting of the molecular and turbomolecular pumps

- Restarting after stop
- Starting in the cold state
- First start up after delivery

E 740 Greasing molecular and turbomolecular pumps
- Disassemble the pump
- Accessing the bearings
- Using the grease syringe
- Greasing the front bearing
- Greasing the rear bearing
- «Running in» the pump after relubrication
- Ad�ust the correspondance between the different test modes
- Bearing opposite the pumping cell
- Bearing on pumping cell side
E 750 Primary pump maintenance

- Check the oil level of the roughing pump
- Add oil
- For oil contamination, drain the pump
- For dirty oil, rinse the pump
- Remove and change the oil mist eliminator
2/2
E 100
Maintenance operations instruction
Safety instructions B 100
The products are free of leaks when shipped from the factory, for
normal operating conditions.
The user is responsible for maintaining the level of tightness.
Working conditions During disassembly and reassembly operations on vacuum lines, to

avoid gettering due to dust or finger prints, you are advised to work:
- in a clean room,
- on lent free paper,
- with unpowdered vinyl gloves (clean room gloves),
- to dust each part with filtered dry air,
- to block all the openings in the vacuum lines.
Icons used 2.5 2.5 mm Allen key 10 mm spanner
3.5 3.5 mm Allen key 13 mm spanner
3 3 mm Allen key 17 mm spanner
4 mm Allen key 20 mm spanner
5 5 mm Allen key Philips head screwdriver
6 6 mm Allen key Screwdriver for slotted

head screws
12 mm stud
Voltmeter
7 mm spanner
Ohmmeter
8 mm spanner
1/1
E 110
Access to the internal components
ASM 142 / ASM 142 S
Access level 1
Removable cover 1 Switch off the machine by setting the main switch to «0» and
disconnecting the main power.
2 Remove the inlet port clamp.
5 3 Unfasten the 4 securing screws and their washers using a 5 mm
Allen key. Use a 5mm Allen wrench.
4 Remove upper the cover. Be careful of the front panel cable.
3
Put the cover near the detector.
5 Open the «clip» for ribbon cable.

6 If necessary, disconnect the 20 points connector.
5 6
/4
E 110
ASM 142 / ASM 142 S
Access level 1
(continued)
Access to the internal Disconnect the calibrated leak temperature sensor.
calibrated leak Tighten the calibrated leak clips between two fingers and pull the
calibrated leak down
Temperature Internal calibrated leak (*)
(
sensor
(*) ASM 142 S in option
Access level 2 To be applied after access level 1 is completed.

Access to the board Remove the two screws M5 and their washers 1
P0326 and P0330 Open the removable plate

2 screws M5 + washers
Disassemble the main block Remove all the connections:
2 connections for analyzer cell 1
2 quick connectors (for valves) 2
2/4
E 110
ASM 142 / ASM 142 S
Access level 2
(continued) Molecular pump connector 3
Disassemble the main block Remove the DN 25 pumping pipe connection 4
(continued)
5
3
Remove the 5 attachment screws:
1
2
3
4 5
3/4
E 110
ASM 142 / ASM 142 S
Access level (continued)

Disassemble the main block Disassemble the main block:
(continued)

ASM 142 Main block ASM 142 S Main block
with the internal calibrated leak option
4/4
E 111
Access level 1
Cart handle removing Remove the cart handle before removing the detector cover.
(only ASM Graph D+)
5
- Unscrew the handle fastening screw
- Free the handle.
Removable cover 1 Switch off the machine by setting the main switch to «0» and
disconnecting the main power.
2 Remove the inlet port clamp.
5 3 Unfasten the 4 securing screws and their washers using a 5 mm
Allen key. Use a 5mm Allen wrench.
4 Remove upper the cover. Be careful of the front panel cable.
2
1/5
E 111
Access level 1 (ctd) Put the cover near the detector.

Removable cover (ctd)
5 Open the «clip» for ribbon cable.
6 If necessary, disconnect the 20 points connector.
6
5
Access to the internal  Disconnect the calibrated leak temperature sensor.

calibrated leak  Tighten the calibrated leak clips between two fingers and pull the
calibrated leak down.
Temperature Internal calibrated leak
sensor

Access level 2 To be applied after access level 1 is completed.
Access to the board  Remove the two screws M5 and their washers 1 .
P0326 and P0330  Open the removable plate
2 Vis M5 + rondelles
2/5
E 111
Access level 2 (ctd)  Remove all the connections:

Disassemble the main block 2 connections for analyzer cell 1 .
2 quick connectors (for valves) 2 .
Molecular pump connector 3 .

Exhaust and intermediate port connections on molecular pump 4 .
Primary pump connectors 5 .
3 5
(ASM 142 D) (ASM 142 D)

4
(ASM Graph D+) (ASM 142 D)
3/5
E 111
Access level 2 (ctd)

Disassemble the main block
(continued)  Remove the 5 attachment screws:
1 3 5
2 4
 Disassemble the main block:
ASM 142 D Main block
4/5
E 111
Access level 3
ACP secondary pump To be applied after access level 2 is completed.

(Only ASM Graph D+) For access to the ACP 15 secondary pump, it is necessary to remove
the leak detector from the cart to access to the secondary pump.
Remove the 4 screws (2 others in opposite)

5/5
E 120
Sending of a leak detector for reparation
to a service center
Safety questionnaire All material which is send to a service center needs to be included
with the safety questionnaire (full).
This safety questionnaire can be found in the appendix ( G 600).
Packaging It is advised to use the origin packaging for every return; the leak
detector should stay firm in the packaging.
Alcatel is not responsible for damage caused by the transportation,
due to a not proper packaging.
Transportation B 110
1/1
E 400
Basic maintenance of the analyzer cell
The frequencies of preventive maintenance tasks are

listed in section D 100.
Components F 500
Safety instructions B 100
Special Disconnect the detector from the main power.

precautions The analyzer cell is very sensitive to any form of
CAUTION
contamination, particularly to dust and electrostatic discharge.
When assembling, to avoid gettering due to dust or finger prints, you

are advised to work:
 in a clean room,
 on lent free paper,
 with unpowered vinyl gloves (clean room gloves),
 to blow off each part with filtered dry air,
 to block all the openings in the vacuum lines and the VHS
preamplifier.
The operator must take all necessary measures to avoid transferring

electrostatic charges during the operation.
1/8
E 400
Replacement of the filaments and

the electron collector
Cell disassembly g Disconnect the spectro electrically (2 connectors).
g Unfasten the 6 securing screws and their washers using a 5 mm

Allen key.
5 g To extract the flange from the body use 1 security screw and screw
it in the hole with internal screw turgad (see picture). Don’t use a
screwdriver to extract the flange, there is a risk to damage it.
g Place the seal on a surface protected from any contamination.
Cleaning the body The internal duct of the body may show traces of metallization beside
the filament. If traces are present, clean using abrasive paper (grit

180), aspirate the residue and complete the cleaning with alcohol.
g Clean the surface of the flange with alcohol.
g Clean the special metal seal bearing surface with alcohol.
2/8
E 400
Disassemble the For each filament:

filaments Remove the attachment screw
and unfasten the 2 connection
screws.
Attachment screw
Connection screws
Disassemble Remove the attachment screw.

the electron collector
Attachment screw
Filament 2 Filament 1
Electron collector Filaments Ion emitter
3/8
E 400
Replace Fit the electron collector 1 on the 1

the electron collector ion emitter by inserting the screw
without tightening it completely.
and the filaments
Fit two new filaments 2 (do not
fasten the connections).
Attachment
hole
The good condition and correct setting of these components

are decisive factors in maintaining the detector’s
CAUTION characteristics.
The turns of each filament must be centered exactly opposite the

electron collector slot:

Y
X X
• The X values must be equal.

• The Y values must be equal.
To obtain this setting on each filament, adjust the relative positions of

each filament and the electron collector before the final tightening.
4/8
E 400
Tighten all g Make sure that all the connection screws are facing inwards and
are not in contact with each other.
the connection screws
INCORRECT CORRECT
Screws facing Screws

outwards: risks of facing
contact with cell inwards
body
Top view
Correct Incorrect
Reassemble the flange g Reposition the special elastomer seal on the body. If it is damaged,
change it.
5/8
E 400
In case the analyzer cell is equipped with the optional metal seal:
g Prepare the new special metal seal according to the figure
below or using the seal former, F 110
g The ends of the metal seal must only cross once (no twist). Check
that the ends cross near one of the six screws holes, one end on
either side of the hole. Place the metal seal on the cell body seal
seat.
g Install the flange, taking care to lower it into the duct without
touching the sides.
g Install the 6 screws.
Tighten all g Tighten the screws with their washers in the sequence shown
below to a torque of 0.7 m.daN for the special elastomer seal
the securing screws
(0.8 m.daN or 8 ft. lbs for the metal seal).

5
3 1 5
Don’t take off the

black sticker
CAUTION
6 2 4
6 screws tightening order
6/8
E 400
Restart and check g Connect again the 2 plugs to the analyzer cell.
g Start the leak detector.
proper operation of g Initial filament start and auto-calibration may fail due to exposure
the analyzer cell of the inside of the analyzer cell to atmospheric pressure during the
maintenance process.
Let the detector run for a few minutes to obtain proper vacuum
inside the analyzer cell.
If the filament did not light, reset it and run an auto-calibration.
g Check the lightness.
g The filament that is active when the leak detector is stopped is always
the one used when the leak detector is restarted.
Reset the filament After the basic maintenance of the analyzer cell, reset the filament
information (timers).
information timer
Filament #1
Filament #2
Switch on/off
Filament ON
the filament
2x
Filament OFF
Verification of the g Switch off the filament

g Check if the He signal is on «0» (3 or 4 leds lighted).
electrical zero
If it’s not the case, start an auto-calibration.
In case of failure, contact the Customer’s Service.
7/8
E 400
Symptoms and Remedy

probable cause
Filament does not light
g Gross leak g Check the torque of the screws of the analyzer cell, sealing surface
(spray helium to check it) and elastomer seal status.Change it if
necessary.
g Electrical short circuit g Check electrical connections on the sub-D 15 pin male plug J2
located on the top of the analyzer cell. Dismantle and relocate
correctly the internal wires and/or connections.
g Check the status of the filament by measuring the resistance of the
filament (connect points A and B of the filament).
1 8
J2 sub-D male plug
9 15
J2 plug corresponding
Pins functions feed-throughs
2 to 6 Ground -
8 Filament 1 point B 2
12 Filament 2 point A 4
13 Filament 2 point B 5
15 Filament 1 point A 1

Auto-calibration failure
(refer to defect message displayed)
g Lack of sensitivity g Check filament alignment.

g High background: internal g Let the leak detector run until you have a stable signal for the
degassing and starting another auto-calibration.
Note: A low background gives a more accuracy measurement.
g High background: leak g Spray helium around the sealing surfaces.
8/8
E 530
Valves installation and maintenance
•9 = the valve mark

Valves identification engraved on the
ASM Grazph D+
ASM 192 T2D+

vacuum block.
ASM 182 TD+

ASM 192 TD+
ASM 142 D/
ASM 192 T2
Example:
ASM 122 D
102 S
ASM 142 S
ASM 182 T
ASM 192 T
ASM 1002
ASM 142
Operating VA1 = = gravé •9
ASI 22
principle ref
A 200 Function Type of valves AS
M •9 •6
VA1 Air inlet Bacosol •6 •4 •4 •4 •4 •4 •4 •5
Electromagnetic
VR1 Roughing •2 •2 •2 •2
(DN 25)
Electromagnetic
VR1 Roughing •2 •2
(DN 40)
Vacuum activated •2 •7
VR1 Roughing
valve
VR1 Roughing Bacosol •1 •1
VR2 Roughing Bacosol •2 •2
Electromagnetic
VB By-pass •1 •1
(DN 25)
Electromagnetic
VB By-pass •1 •1
(DN 40)
VT1 Gross leak test mode Bacosol •4 •3 •3 •3 •5 •5 •5 •5 •5 •5
VT1 Gross leak test mode Minisol (*) •2 •6
VT2 Normal test mode Minisol (*) •5
VT2 Normal test mode Bacosol •4 •4
VT3 Normal test mode Bacosol •5 •5
High sensitivity test Electromagnetic
VT4 •3 •3 •3 •3
mode (DN 25)
High sensitivity test Electromagnetic
VT4 •3 •3
mode (DN 40)
High sensitivity test Vacuum activated
VT4 •3 •9
valve
mode
VS Sniffing test Minisol (*) •1 •11 •9 •9 •9 •9 •9 •9 •9 •9 •9 •3
Buffer volume for
VV Minisol (*) •1 •8
depression valves
VAT Atm pressure Minisol (*) •10
VC Calibration Minisol (*) •7 •8 •7 •
Calibration : High
VC2 Vac.
Minisol (*) •6 •6 •6 •6 •6 •6 •6 •4
VC1 Calibration : roughing Minisol (*) •7 •7 •7 •7 •7 •7 •7 •2
VC3 Calibration: air inlet Minisol (*) •8 •8 •8 •8 •8 •8 •8 •1
VG2 Gas line option Minisol (*) •10
VG1 Gas line option Minisol (*) •11
(*) Minisol valve without valve block
Valves reference F 700
1/6
E 530
Vacuum activated These valves are operated with an electromagnetic control valve, and
valves (depression with a vacuum source.
The maintenance is the cleaning operations or the exchange
valves) of the valve.
Electromagnetic control valve
Removable assembly
VAT membrane
2/6
E 530
Minisol and Bacosol

valves
Periodicity
D 100
Necessary materials Denatured alcohol (non recycled)

Paper (clean room compatible)
Gasket extractor
Glue (Loctite 542 type)
Flat screwdriver 2 x 40
Phillips screwdriver N° 1
For these kinds of valves, neither seal kit is available.
“Bacosol“ valves (Normally closed NC) Ø9

“Minisol“ valves without valve block (Normally open NO or NC) Ø6
“Minisol“ valves with valve block (NO or NC)

3/6
E 530
Precautions Whenever handling valves, take the necessary precautions not to

pollute the vacuum circuit and, to keep the valve and valve seat free
of particles which create leaks.
The valve, particularly the sealing surfaces, should only be handled
with clean, lint-free gloves.
It should only be installed in a clean system.
Dismantling For the valve assembly/disassembly, the unit must be stopped and
disconnected from line power.
If ”piston” O-rings are installed on the valve, use a gasket extractor to
remove it. Take care not to damage the sealing surface.
Immediately protect the valve inlet if it is to stay open for a long time.
Cleaning  Clean the surfaces of the different parts with

alcohol.
For the Normally Open type Minisol valves (NO),
O-rings are present on both sides of the valve.
 Improve the cleaning by blowing off the parts with
dry filtered air, particularly the O-ring grooves.

Seal preparation  Place the ”piston” O-rings.
A slight greasing of these rings is possible.
Grease quantity should be limited to avoid
helium retention and make assembly easier.
 Put a drop of grease on
your fore-finger.
 Spread the grease out between your
thumb and fore-finger.
 Lay the grease on the ring by turning it
between your fingers.
The ring should have a shiny aspect with
no excess.
4/6
E 530
Reassembly
Screw tightening torque For a Bacosol valve:

 Tighten the 4 screws diagonally.
Tightening torque is 1.5 Nm.
For a Minisol valve

 Tighten the 2 screws.
Tightening torque is 0.6 Nm.
Assembly of Minisol valves To avoid deforming the electrovalve

shaft during sizing/tightening of
with valve block
fittings and coil assembly: the method
described must be followed.
 Use a vice to handle the valve block.
 Spread the glue (Loctite 542).

 Install and fasten the fitting. Wipe
the excess glue.
Valve insert
Fitting connection exchange Coil
After having unscrewed the faulty fitting:

- Remove all traces of glue on valve insert,
- Lay a little glue (Loctite no. 542) around
the threaded nozzle of new fitting
- Take care not to block with glue the bottom
of insert valve.
5/6
E 530
Test after installation After the valve installation, we recommend to perform a helium leak
test to check the vacuum tightness.
Take care with seal permeability. Do not expose the seals to

CAUTION helium for an extended time.
6/6
E 560
Replacement of the internal calibrated leak
The frequency of preventive maintenance is listed in D 100.
Components:
Internal calibrated leak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N F 500
Heat sensor
Purpose of the It enables the auto-calibration
of the detector.
calibrated internal leak The calibration is triggered at
AUTO CAL start-up or when the AUTOCAL
button is pressed on the
control panel ( C 300).
Label
Frequency of In order to ensure the reliability of the helium test, the manufacturer
recommends to «recalibrating» the internal calibrated leak at least
the internal leak every 2 years (from the calibration date marked on the leak label and
«recalibration» its calibration certificate).
How to recalibrate the Recalibration is generally performed using a comparative method

with a reference standard. This work can only be performed in our
internal leak approved service centers.
For this, therefore it is necessary to remove the internal calibrated leak

from the detector, et de nous le retourner.
Removal of the - Switch off the detector and disconnect it from the main power.
- Reach the internal calibrated leak ( E 110).
internal calibrated - Disconnect the heat sensor connector (3-pin connector).
leak - Disconnect the flange and remove the calibrated leak.
Do not separate the heat sensor from the calibrated leak.
1/2
E 560
Replacement of the internal calibrated leak
Installation of After recalibration, your «recalibrated» leak is returned to you with:

- its new value,
a new internal
- a calibration certificate.
calibrated leak
To install the calibrated internal leak (new or recalibrated):
Switch off the detector and unplug it from the main power.
Install the leak: - connect the flange,
- connect the heat sensor.
Entering the new internal calibrated leak values.

Close the leak detector.

Connect the detector to the main power.
Switch it on: a calibration is performed automatically at the end of
the start-up sequence if the autocal is on.
It is recommended to repeat a calibration after 1 hour of operation

when the temperature has stabilized inside the unit.
Basic internal calibration of the leak detector C 301

Intensive use of the In the case of intensive use of the detector, it is recommended to have
a spare internal calibrated leak.
detector If this is not possible, the detector can still be used and calibrated
using an external calibrated leak.
External calibration of the leak detector C 303
2/2
E 600
Remote control
Replacement of the The operator can without difficulty

remote control exchange the remote control.
The remote control delivered
includes the remote control cable.
Part number A 700
Remote control 2 parts of the remote control can be defective:

defective • the remote control box
• the remote control cable.
You should first exchange just the remote control box. If the assembly
is still defective, then the cable must be exchange.
Remote control box On the defective and the new

exchange remote controls, take out the black
plastic part.
On the 2 remote controls, take off

the remote control cable.
GB 01564 - Edition 03 - December 05
Exchange the 2 remote control

boxes: reconnect the old remote
control cable (still connected to the
leak detector) to the new remote
control box and replace the black
plastic part.
 Ifafter this exchange, the remote

control is still defective, you should
change the remote control cable.
/1
E 610
Long distance sniffer probe and
Helium spray gun
Please refer to the specific sheets for the instruction:
Long distance sniffer probe Helium spray gun G 500

G 400 / G 410
1/1
E 710
AMD1 Diaphragm pump maintenance
Read attentively the safety instructions outlined in sheet B10

(User’s Manual of diaphragm pumps).
The tools and maintenance components required are outlined in

chapter F10 (User’s Manual of diaphragm pumps).
Never use vacuum grease (the grease can react with gases
and explode on contact with oxygen), or a not soft lintfree
WARNING fabric (with lint can disturb the working of the valves).
Disassembling the Disconnect the inlet port of the diaphragm pump and remove it from
its support.
pump from its support Disconnect the exhaust port (if necessary) of the diaphragm pump.
Replacing check valves It is recommended, when replacing diaphragms, to

and diaphragms disassemble and reassemble each of the diaphragms in
CAUTION succession, so as not to invert the parts of one subassembly
with another during reassembly, in particular locking
washers.
AMD1 Diaphragm housing cover
pump breakdown valve

view head cover
diaphragm clamping disc

with connecting screw
diaphragm
diaphragm support disc
rod
housing
l/4
E 710
Connector disassembly n While holding the banjo

fitting use the l6 mm flat
wrench, unfasten and release
the upper connector using the
l4 mm flat wrench.
n Perform the same procedure
for the lower connector.
Check valve Unscrew and remove the 6 CHc M 5-20 casing cover screws.
disassembly
Head covers and valves may come with the casing cover:
proceed delicately and identify the valve position on the head
CAUTION cover.
n Remove the top part of the casing (casing cover, head covers).
n Separate the head covers from the casing cover.
n Remove and discard the used valves.
n Clean the valve seats with alcohol. Refer to F10 (User’s manual
of diaphragm pumps).
Diaphragm Using a seal extractor tool, lift two opposite sides of the diaphragm
and insert the diaphragm wrench.
disassembly
Note: For the following maintenance step, proceed delicately
because, the adjusting washer installed under the diaphragm may
fall into the pump body.
n Press the diaphragm wrench to the
attachment disk and then unfasten and
carefully remove the attachment disk/

diaphragm/support disk and adjusting
washer subassembly.
n Separate the diaphragm from the
clamping disk and the support disk and
discard. Clean the adjusting washer. Diaphragm wrench
n Clean the diaphragm seats with alcohol.
See sheet F10 (User’s manual of Rod
diaphragm pumps).
Clamping disk Disk support
Adjusting washer
Diaphragm
2/4
E 710
Diaphragm n Insert the new diaphragm between the attachment disk and the disk
support.
reassembly
Take care to position the tight side of the diaphragm on the attachment
disk side.
n Lift two opposite sides of the diaphragm so as to insert the

attachment disk/diaphragm/support disk in the diaphragm wrench.
Take care not to scratch or mark the diaphragm on the sealing side
during this operation.
n Apply a drop of adhesive (Omnifit 50 M or Loctite 243) to the

A drop of threads of the diaphragm clamping disc screw.
adhesive
n If required, position the lock washer identified during the

disassembly on the connection rod.
Fasten the attachment disk/diaphragm/disk support subassembly.

Take care that the adjusting washer does not fall into the pump body
when the subassembly is performed.
n Remove the diaphragm wrench.
n Flatten the diaphragms.
Check valve Locate the position of head covers and casing cover.
reassembly
Oblong hole
for inlet
Inlet
Exhaust
Circular hole
for exhaust
3/4
E 710
Check valve n Position the new adjusting valve in the head covers.
reassembly (ctd) n Take care to observe their position (see photo).
n Position the casing cover on the casing, shaking it slightly to ensure

that the head covers are positioned correctly.
n Fasten the six CHc M5 - 20 screws in contact diagonally and then

tighten: the maximum torque to be applied is 6 Nm.
Note: At the end of tightening of the casing cover attachment screws,

the cover must not be in contact with the casing.
Assembly direction of the valves on
the head covers
Connector reassembly When disassembling and reassembling the connectors, be

careful not to damage the aluminium threading. Ensure a
CAUTION good position of the first nut of the connector when fastening
by hand, before using the wrench.
Always use 2 flat wrenches to fasten the banjo fittings.
n While holding the banjo fitting using the l6 mm flat wrench, fasten
the upper connector using the l4 mm flat wrench.
n Perform the same procedure for the lower connector.
Reassembling the n Check that the ultimate pressure of the diaphragm pump is lower

pump on its support than 2 mbar. Refer to B 30 (User’s Manual of diaphragm pumps).
n Install the diaphragm pump on its support.
n Connect the inlet port according to the installation.
n Connect the exhaust port (if necessary).
If the ultimate pressure is not reached:

- After diaphragm and valve replacements, a running in
CAUTION period of some hours is necessary before reaching the
ultimate pressure.
- After the running in period, if the ultimate pressure is
2 mbar different from the technical data, check the leaks on
pipes between the different stages and connectors.
4/4
E 730
Starting of the molecular and
turbomolecular pumps
Restarting after stop Please wait 5 s between stop and restart, in order to be sure that the
synchronism information is given to the leak detector and the display
does not lock at 99 %.
(It only concerns the detectors equipped with the P0326 converter board)
If you have this problem, stop the leak detector and wait 5 s before
starting again (concern only leak detectors equipped with the P0326
convertor board).
Starting in the There is a risk that the turbomolecular pump does not start if the ball
cold state bearings temperature is below 5 °C. In order to be at the ambient
temperature, 6 hours are necessary to the ball bearings.
That’s why, if you start a leak detector which was outside during a
cold period (in a car or in its delivery package by example), it is
possible there is starting problem during 2 or 3 hours. Don’t be
worried ! You must just waiting that the leak detector would be at
ambient temperature.
First start up We have just seen previously that the temperature has an effect on
after delivery the starting of turbo pumps. The first start after delivery is even more
critical as the grease stay a few days in the same position, and even
is going between the balls of the bearing on the roller way in bigger
quantity that expected because of the transport’s vibration.
That explain some non start up of the turbomolecular pump at the first
start up. In this case it is not abnormal to have to power on the leak
detector several times (10 max) with 15 s between a power off and a
power on, to start up the turbomolecular pump.
1/1
E 740
Greasing molecular and
This technical sheet is for this differents pumps:
ATH 164 ATP 100 TMP 5154 MDP 5011 MDP 5006 HDS AMP 007i
The frequency of preventive maintenance is listed D 100
Components:
Grease syringe F 600
Disassemble the pump Itis necessary to disassemble the TMP 5154 and MDP 5006 HDS
from the detector to do the greasing.
It is not necessary to disassemble the MDP 5011 from the detector to
do the greasing.
Accessing the bearings MDP 5011 / 5006 HDS / AMP 007i

Remove the clips and use the extractor
to take out the plug.
Once the extractor is in place, pull it
vertically.
MDP 5011
TMP 5154 / ATP 100 / ATH 164

Remove the rear cap from the pump
(4 allen head screws).
This cap is directly accessible from
underneath the leak detector.
TMP 5154
1/5
E 740
Using the grease The grease syringe is equipped

A
with a black clip (A) and a red
B
syringe
clip (B).
These clips are used as stops

to control the amount of grease
injected into the bearing.
Greasing the front Push the grease syringe in

bearing through the screw hole (1)
until it comes up against a stop. 1
Inject grease pushing in the 2
plunger until it stops at clip B.
Greasing the rear Remove the red clip B and

bearing distribute the grease between the
injection points (smooth holes directly opposite each other: 2).
2/5
E 740
«Running in» On the P0326/P0365 converter boards:

the pump after After relubricating the pump, the grease must be distributed in the
bearings (“Running in”).
relubrication This is performed by limiting the speed of the pump for a short period.
For this, on the P0326/P0365 converter boards, set the running in
switches; switch 1 to ON (detector off).
Start up the detector and let it operate for approximately 10 minutes
in this position.
After 10 minutes, switch off the detector and reset switch 1 to OFF.
Start the detector up again and check that the pump reaches its
synchronization speed correctly. If this time is too long, repeat the
running in procedure a second time.
P0326 board P0365 board

ON ON
1 2 1 2
Normal Running in
position position
3/5
E 740
After relubricating, the P0326 board could not allow you to success
the first or second leak detector starting. Why ? When you use
a grease syringe, there is a grease accumulation on one point of
the ball bearing, and so a small hard point, which will disappear
progressively during the grease repartition.
What should you do ? Just after relubrication, set the pump going with
your hand few minutes before to replace it (if it was removed from the
leak detector) or to take off the flexible (if it was not removed from the
leak detector) : in this case, try to start the pump before removing the
flexible : it is not a destroying test. You can also use a turbo converter
(more powerful for this first critical half turn). After you should also
keep the leak detector running 2 or 3 hours before stopping it.
Adjust the The internal parameters allow a correspondance of the different test
correspondance modes depend on the pump.
That’s why after every intervention of the pump it is indispensable to
between the different for new adjustment E 430.
test modes
4/5
E 740
Bearing opposite Introduce the syringe equipped with its needle into
the bearing and remove the red jumper.
the pumping cell
Always position the syringe needle between two balls of the
bearing so as not to damage the bearing.
Distributethe dose of grease in 2 diametrically

opposed points, until the syringe plunger comes to
a stop against the black jumper.
Bearing on pumping Introduce the lubrication syringe needle

cell side into the drilled screw located at the center
of the rotor until it comes to a stop against
the screw head.
Keep the syringe pressed down to the bottom of
its housing throughout the operation.
Remove the black jumper from the syringe and
introduce the grease until the plunger comes to a stop.
3
Remove the syringe.
Reassemble the adjustment sleeve (taking care with the direction),

the spring and the end cap with its o-ring.
The relubrication operation is complete.

Execute the pump running-in.
5/5
E 750
Primary pump maintenance
The frequency of preventive maintenance is listed D 100
Components:
ALCATEL 200 Oil (1 liter)
Cartridge (Oil mist eliminator)..................................... F 600
For best performance, check the oil level in the sight glass
periodically.
Check the oil level of If the level is not between the

the roughing pump mini and the maximum level, it is
necessary to add oil.
Maxi.
Mini.
Oil for the first utilisation is delivered with the detector.

B 110).
Replacement of oil is the user’s responsability.
The Alcatel pumps are tested with ALCATEL 200 oil.
Their specifications are guaranteed only when this
recommended lubricant is used.
Add oil Open the cover (ASM 142).

Remove the cover (ASM 142 S).
Remove the draining plugs.
ASM 142 S ASM 142
/3
E 750
For oil contamination, If the oil is brown, blackish or smells “burned”, it has deteriorated.
drain the pump In this case, drain the pump and rinse with clean oil if necessary.
The pump must be drained when hot and after the oil case has
been vented to atmospheric pressure.
Place a suitable receptacle under the drain.

Connect the waste pipe (quick connector) 1
Remove the draining plugs and collect the used oil.
Start the rotary vane pump (start the HLD) during a short period;
this for drain more rapidly.
ASM 142 S When the oil has drained, stop the pump.
1
Disconnect the waste pipe.
Unscrew the filler plug.
Fill with fresh oil using a funnel.
Replace the filler plug.
The amount of oil required to fill the pump is about 0.95 liter.
ASM 142
1

For dirty oil, Afterdraining the oil casing, replace the plug and run the pump at
rinse the pump atmospheric pressure allowing fresh oil to flow slowly into the inlet
port.
Amount of oil required Stop the pump and drain the rinsing oil.
is about 1 liter Replace the plug and fill with fresh oil.
2/3
E 750
Remove and change If the cartridge is saturated:

the oil mist eliminator 1 Remove the clamping ring and the exhaust plastic pipe.
2 Remove the tightening screw M5.
3 Remove and change the oil mist eliminator and seal.
1 Exhaust plastic tube 5
2
3 Oil mist eliminator and seal
3/3
F
Components
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
F 000 Spares parts - Instructrions of use

- Replacement of parts and use of non genuine parts
F 001 AVTF Customer Service Offer
F 100 Tools
F 200 Monitoring and display
F 300 Power and electrical supply
F 400 Automatic control system and electronic circuits
F 500 Measurement
F 600 ASM 142 - Pumping

GB 00243 - Edition 04 - August 05
F 600 ASM 142 D - Pumping
F 700 Valves
F 800 ASM 142 - Pipes - Connections - Seals
F 800 ASM 142 D - Pipes - Connections - Seals
F 900 Cover
1/2
F
Components
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
F 1000 Options and accessories
F 1100 Pictures of components
GB 00243 - Edition 04 - August 05
2/2
F 000
Spare parts - Instructions of use
Replacement of Our products are designed to comply with current EC

parts and use of non regulations and guarantee optimal operating conditions with
maximum safety conditions for the user.
genuine parts
Any modification of the product made by the user is
liable to lead to non-compliance with the regulations, or
even to put into doubt the performance of the product
and the user’s safety.
Replacement of defective components with parts that are

not genuine, jeopardizes the initial safety conditions of the
equipment.
In such cases, the EC declaration of conformity becomes

null: The manufacturer withdraws responsibility for such
operations.
Besides, counterfeiting and unfair trading of parts are

condemned under civil and criminal laws.
The manufacturer urges the user not to use «imitation parts»,

or the misappropriation and pirating of intellectual property
performed by some dishonest operators.
The manufacturer supplies maintenance components, spare

parts or kits to perform the maintenance of its products
( F).
GB 01390 - Edition 04 - May 09
1/1
F 001
AVTF Customer Service Offer
AVTF Customer Service Offers for the maintenance and the reparation
of your leak detector:
• new spare parts listed in the chapter F,
• the reparation of your leak detector or sub-assemblies like analyzer

cell or pumps,
• standard exchange of certain sub-assemblies,
• preventive maintenances or general overhaul.
Don’t hesitate to contact the Customer Service for all information

complementary for these offers.
1/1
F 100
Tools
ASM 142
Ref Descriptio n P/N Qty Remarks

A001 CHC SCREW M4-80 * 1
A002 TORQUE WRENCH (TMP) * 1
A003 ADAPTER, INT. CALIBRATED LEAK - 142/122D * 1
A004 TOOL KIT FOR AMP007I * 1
A005 TOOL KIT FOR MDP5011/ATS100 * 1
A006 DN16KF CALIBRATED LEAK ADAPTATOR KIT 110715 1
A009 MDP 5011EXTRACTOR * 1
A010 DN16KF NEEDLE VALVE * 1
A011 TEE, REDUCING - DN40/40/16KF 303358 1
A014 CALIB. LEAK WITH VALVE 1-3.10-6 DN40KF FV4620 1
A017 CLAMP DN10/16KF 083333 1
A018 CLAMP DN32/40KF 083267 1
A019 CLAMP DN50KF 087163 1
A020 CLAMP DN20/25KF 083264 1
A021 CENTERING RING SS/PER DN16KF 068193 1
* Contact customer services
Alcatel Vacuum Technology France - User's Manual ASM 142 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 100
Tools
ASM 142

A025 FUNNEL 067592 1
A026 VACUUM GREASE (TUBE OF 10 G) 105290 1
A027 VACUUM SILICON GREASE (100 G BOX) 064600 1
A028 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL 072427 1
A029 HOUSING KIT INSERTABLE - ATH20/30/40 * 1
A030 CELL, ANALYZER ; PACKAGING * 1
A031 TEST CHAMBER ADAPTER; DN40KF 067791 1
A032 CYCLE COMMAND FOOT PEDAL 100913 1
A034 DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL SERIAL CABLE A461946 1
A035 DETECTOR PACKAGING - 142 * 1
A038 CONVERTER- ACT 200T 101932 1
A039 CABLE CONVERTER - ACT 200T A457415-025 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 100
Tools
ASM 142

A033 DETECTION MAINTENANCE KIT 111465 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 200
Monitoring and display
ASM 142

B001 CONTROL PANEL EUR/US - 142/182 A459292 1
B002 CONTROL PANEL JAPAN - 142/182 A459293 1
B005 LCD DISPLAY + WIRING HARNESS - 142/182 * 1
B007 P0335E1 CONTROL PANEL BOARD - 142/182 * 1
B012 CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL 2G, 5 M A458735 1
B013 CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL 2G, 10 M 110881 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 200
ASM 142

B015 TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL PANEL - 142/182 111716 1
B016 TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY - 142/182 * 1
B017 P0368E1 TOUCH SCREEN PANEL BOARD-142/182 * 1
B018 TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. BOARD 142/182/310 * 1
B019 DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL SERIAL CABLE A461946 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 300
Power and electrical supply
ASM 142

C001 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - WITHOUT PLUG 104559 1
C002 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - ITALY 104758 1
C003 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - SWITZERLAND 103718 1
C004 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - UK 104411 1
C005 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - US 103567 1
C006 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - FRANCE/GERMANY 103566 1
C016 FUSE 5X20 TEMP. 4 A 060851 1
C023 HARNESS, BASIC WIRING - 142 * 1
C061 CIRCUIT BREAKER 16 A 115 V - 142 111280 1 ASM 142 : S/n ≥ 41404
C062 CIRCUIT BREAKER 8 A 230 V - 142 111281 1 ASM 142 : S/n ≥ 41404
C064 HARNESS, CALIBRATED LEAK WIRING * 1 See sheet E 360
C065 FAN - 142/102S/122D/310 A459291 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 300
ASM 142

C024 HARNESS, 10 PTS BLOCK - 142 * 1
C026 HARNESS, 15 PTS BLOCK - 142 * 1 See sheet E 360
C027 HARNESS, 34 PTS RS232 WIRING - 142/102S * 1


TRM DB02 03/2009
F 400
Automatic control system and
electronic circuits
ASM 142

D001 P0330E1 POWER SUPPLY BOARD - 142/182 * 1
D003 P0302E6 MAIN BOARD - 2G detector * 1
D004 P0335E1 CONTROL PANEL BOARD - 142/182 * 1
D007 P0320E1 CELL 2G.1 MAIN BOARD * 1
D009 P0307E1 INTERFACE BOARD - 102S/142/122D * 1
D013 POWER SUPPLY MODULE - P0302 * 1
D016 EPROM, VOICE SYNTHESIS - 142/182-192T/T2 * 1
D023 SOFTWARE EPROM - 142 * 1
D026 LOUDSPEAKER; 90 DB/D 10 CM 060097 1
D036 P0203E1 CAL. LEAK TEMPERATURE SENSOR * 1
D040 P0368E1 TOUCH SCREEN PANEL BOARD-142/182 * 1
D041 TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. BOARD 142/182/310 * 1
D042 P0365E1 CONVERTER BOARD * 1
D047 FILAMENT POWER SUPPLY NM - P0302 * 1 Used for P0302-P0193-P0316-P0200
D051 P0319E1 2G.1 CELL AMPLIF. BOARD * 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 500
Measurement
ASM 142

E001 FILAMENT ASSEMBLY FOR ANALYZER CELL 053146 1
E002 MAGNET 1 MASS - ANALYSIS CELL * 1
E003 CELL 2G.1; STD PRESET - 142/182/192/20MD * 1
E004 ELECTRON COLLECTOR, DOUBLE 101127 1
E005 SEAL, ELASTOMER; SPECIAL CELL 102823 1
E006 SPECIAL WASHER FOR ANALYZER CELL 083486 1
E007 CHC SCREW M6-35 075612 1
E008 P0320E1 CELL 2G.1 MAIN BOARD * 1
E009 CELL, ANALYZER 2G1; EQUIPPED COVER * 1
E010 CELL, 2G.1; PREAMP. TARGET ASSEMBLY * 1
E011 CELL, 2G.1; ELECT. DEFLECTION ASSEMBLY * 1
E012 CELL, ANALYZER 2G,1; ACCESSORIES KIT * 1
E013 COLLECTOR + FILAMENT KIT - 2G.1 CELL A459843 1
E014 CELL 2G.1; MET PRESET - 142/182/192/20MD * 1
E015 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL 072427 1
E016 LEAD WIRE 10 M - 0.8 MM 083478 1
E040 CELL, ANALYZER ; PACKAGING * 1
E041 MAGNET 3 MASSES - ANALYSIS CELL * 1
E044 CELL, 2G.1; ELECTRODE * 1
E045 P0319E1 2G.1 CELL AMPLIF. BOARD * 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 500
Measurement
ASM 142

E017 CALIBRATED LEAK, INTERNAL; 50 CC 109241 1
E018 O'RING 1.78 x 12.42 NBR 050143 1
E019 CLIP FOR CALIBRATED LEAK - 142/122D A458317 1
E021 P0203E1 CAL. LEAK TEMPERATURE SENSOR * 1
E022 HARNESS, CALIBRATED LEAK WIRING * 1
E025 GAUGE, PI1 (ALUMINIUM) 795706 1
E026 FILAMENT FOR PI1 GAUGE 057972 1
E033 FILTER, INLET 103395 1
E038 SHOCK ABSORBER - C 076112 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 600
Pumping
ASM 142

F006 GREASE SYRINGE FOR MDP/TMP 056993 1
F010 RVP UM2010SD LV A200 (Y) SCE (SERVICE) 210SFYLLS 1
F011 RVP UM2010SD HV A200 (Y) SCE (SERVICE) 210SFYHLS 1
F014 OIL, ALCATEL 200 (1L) 068694 1
F015 FUNNEL 067592 1
F016 OIL MIST ELIMINATOR; 21 M3/H D 30 MM 107348 1
F017 QUICK FEMALE CONNECTOR D 12 MM RMI09 107646 1
F019 CLAMP, TUBE PRESS; 35.0/38.5 MM 107645 1
F020 CLAMP, TUBE PRESS; 12.8/15.0 MM 107648 1
F024 INLET RVP EXTENSION - 142 A459031 1
F025 O'RING 2.7 x 10.5 NBR 082109 1
F027 HOSE, FLEXIBLE EXHAUST - 142 A328645 1
F031 CERAMIC BEARING KIT 8.000 TMP * 1
F032 CERAMIC BEARING KIT 7.999/8.000 TMP * 1
F036 TOOL KIT FOR MDP5011/ATS100 * 1
F044 AMP007I - SERVICE N1B602 1
F045 SEALS KIT, PERBUNAN - AMP007I * 1
F054 SHOCK ABSORBER - D 082691 1
F080 TOOL KIT FOR AMP007I * 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 600
Pumping
ASM 142

F091 OIL MIST ELIMINATOR FLANGE - 142/142S A459105 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 700
Valves
ASM 142

G001 MINISOL VALVE COIL 24 V 067040 1
G002 COIL 24 VDC 23 W * 1
G004 VALVE KIT, NC BACOSOL (104655) 106935 1
G007 VALVE + COIL , 3/2NC BACOSOL 24VDC/8W 106009 1
G010 SILENCER, BRONZE; M5 108449 1
G012 VACUUM SILICON GREASE (100 G BOX) 064600 1
G015 VALVE BLOCK, UPPER - 142/142D * 1
G016 VALVE BLOCK, LOWER - 142/142D/142S * 1
G029 SHOCK ABSORBER - C 076112 1
G037 FLAT L-BRACKET BLOCK-FRAME A458833 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 800
Pipes - Connections - Seals
ASM 142

H026 CLAMP DN20/25KF 083264 1
H037 O'RING DN25KF HNBR 106022 1
H046 DIAPHRAGM DN25KF - D 10 MM 100983 1
H047 CENTERING RING DN25KF 068224 1
H063 SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF D 10 MM 106828 1
H064 SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF VAT 106819 1
H070 SEAL, INDIUM; DN40KF WITH FILTER A459308 1
H071 CLAMP, CHAIN; ALUMINIUM DN20/25KF 068381 1
H072 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL 072427 1
H074 SEAL, ELASTOMER; SPECIAL CELL 102823 1
H094 LEAD WIRE 10 M - 0.8 MM 083478 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 800
ASM 142

H001 TUBING, PVC; D 4 x 1 MM * 1
H005 CONNECTOR FOR PLASTIC TUBE 4 x 1 A458324 1
H006 BODY FEMALE CONNECTOR G 1/8 RBE03.2100 082988 1
H007 BELLOWS, SS; DN25KF L 250 MM 068370 1
H020 CLAMP DN10/16KF 083333 1
H021 SILENCER 1/8 70 MICRONS 075989 1
H027 FLANGE, BLANK; SS DN25KF 068196 1
H028 CLAMP DN32/40KF 083267 1
H030 CLAMP DN50KF 087163 1
H035 MALE UNION BSPT F3BPL 2.7/4 - 1/8 082775 1
H050 FILTER, DN25KF; 70 MICRONS 072857 1
H051 FILTER, DN40KF 067636 1
H059 FILTER, INLET 103395 1
H076 O'RING 1.78 x 12.42 NBR 050143 1
H087 TEE, REDUCING - DN40/40/16KF 303358 1
H090 CENTERING RING SS/PER DN16KF 068193 1
H097 QUICK FEMALE CONNECTOR D 12 MM RMI09 107646 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 800
ASM 142

H098 CLAMP, TUBE PRESS; 35.0/38.5 MM 107645 1
H099 CLAMP, TUBE PRESS; 12.8/15.0 MM 107648 1
H105 SEALS KIT, PERBUNAN - AMP007I * 1
H113 MALE CONNECTOR 4/6 MM - 1/8 BSPT 083391 1
H114 FEMALE CONNECTOR 1/8 BSPT - LDS TUBE 067843 1
H115 O'RING DN16KF NBR 079237 1
H124 O'RING 5.33 x 113,67 NBR 082152 1
H125 MALE PURGE FITTING (BHU 22-06 CPC) 107641 1
H132 I/O CONNECTOR STOPPER - 142 A459046 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 900
Cover
ASM 142

I001 CONTAINER - 142 A212639 1
I044 FOOT - 142/310 A459023 1
I059 DETECTOR PACKAGING - 142 * 1
I060 COVER, WITHOUT LOGO - 142 A462454 1
I061 LOGO - 142 A462501 1
I062 LOGO - GRAPH A462502 1
I074 SHOCK ABSORBER - D 082691 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
Options and accessories
ASM 142

J001 NEEDLE FOR LDS PROBE - D 0.3 MM 072606 1
J002 NEEDLE FOR LDS PROBE - D 0.35 MM A461716 1
J003 NOZZLE, SHORT RIGID - 2000 LD SNIFFER 108242S 1
J004 NOZZLE, LONG; FOR HE PROBE 108243S 1
J005 NOZZLE, SHORT FLEXIBLE - 2000 LD SNIFFER 108883S 1
J006 NOZZLE, LONG FLEXIBLE - 2000 LD SNIFFER 108884S 1
J007 HC SCREW M5-6 - 2000 LD SNIFFER A459725 1
J008 5 FILTERS/2 SCREWS/2 O'RINGS - LDS PROBE A459858 1
J009 FILTER, IN TUBING - LDS PROBE * 1
J010 TUBE FOR LDS PROBE (OM) 067838 1
J011 TUBING, LDS - 5 METERS 072300 1
J013 MALE CONNECTOR 4/6 MM - 1/8 BSPT 083391 1
J014 FEMALE CONNECTOR 1/8 BSPT - LDS TUBE 067843 1
J034 10 M EXTENSION - LDS PROBE 090216 1
J035 SNIFFER CANA.5 S R9 NIPPLE PENCIL SNC1E1T1 1
J037 SNIFFER CANA.5 S S15 NIPPLE PENCIL SNC1E3T1 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142

J076 SNIFFER FILTER STONE 067722 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142

J015 TUBE HE SPRAY PROBE (OLD MODEL) 083446 1
J016 NOZZLE, SHORT RIGID; FOR HE PROBE 109955 1
J017 NOZZLE, LONG RIGID; FOR HE PROBE 109956 1
J018 CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL 2G, 5 M A458735 1
J019 CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL 2G, 10 M 110881 1
J043 HELIUM SPRAY PROBE 109951 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142

J048 CELL 2G.1; MET PRESET - 142/182/192/20MD * 1
J051 SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF VAT 106819 1
J053 SEAL, INDIUM; DN40KF WITH FILTER A459308 1
J058 CLAMP, CHAIN; ALUMINIUM DN20/25KF 068381 1
J079 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL 072427 1
J080 LEAD WIRE 10 M - 0.8 MM 083478 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142

J081 TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL PANEL - 142/182 111716 1
J082 DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL SERIAL CABLE A461946 1
J083 P0368E1 TOUCH SCREEN PANEL BOARD-142/182 * 1
J084 TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY - 142/182 * 1
J085 TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. BOARD 142/182/310 * 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142

J023 MAGNET 3 MASSES - ANALYSIS CELL * 1
J031 O'RING 1.78 x 12.42 NBR 050143 1
J059 INTERFACE KIT - 142 107657 1
J060 P0307E1 INTERFACE BOARD - 102S/142/122D * 1
J061 HARNESS, 34 PTS RS232 WIRING - 142/102S * 1
J075 O'RING 5.33 x 113,67 NBR 082152 1
J077 20µ PORAL FILTER DIAM.114MM 105847 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142

J109 CART SCREW - 142 109871 1
J110 STOP FOR CART - 142 A461169 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 100
Tools
ASM 142 D

A001 CHC SCREW M4-80 * 1
A002 TORQUE WRENCH (TMP) * 1
A003 ADAPTER, INT. CALIBRATED LEAK - 142/122D * 1
A004 TOOL KIT FOR AMP007I * 1
A005 TOOL KIT FOR MDP5011/ATS100 * 1
A009 MDP 5011EXTRACTOR * 1
A010 DN16KF NEEDLE VALVE * 1
A017 CLAMP DN10/16KF 083333 1
A018 CLAMP DN32/40KF 083267 1
A019 CLAMP DN50KF 087163 1
A020 CLAMP DN20/25KF 083264 1
Alcatel Vacuum Technology France - User's Manual ASM 142 D 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 100
Tools
ASM 142 D

A025 FUNNEL 067592 1
A026 VACUUM GREASE (TUBE OF 10 G) 105290 1
A027 VACUUM SILICON GREASE (100 G BOX) 064600 1
A028 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL 072427 1
A029 HOUSING KIT INSERTABLE - ATH20/30/40 * 1
A030 CELL, ANALYZER ; PACKAGING * 1
A031 TEST CHAMBER ADAPTER; DN40KF 067791 1
A032 CYCLE COMMAND FOOT PEDAL 100913 1
A034 DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL SERIAL CABLE A461946 1
A035 DETECTOR PACKAGING - 142 * 1
A038 CONVERTER- ACT 200T 101932 1
A039 CABLE CONVERTER - ACT 200T A457415-025 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 100
Tools
ASM 142 D

A033 DETECTION MAINTENANCE KIT 111465 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 200
ASM 142 D

B001 CONTROL PANEL EUR/US - 142/182 A459292 1
B002 CONTROL PANEL JAPAN - 142/182 A459293 1
B005 LCD DISPLAY + WIRING HARNESS - 142/182 * 1
B007 P0335E1 CONTROL PANEL BOARD - 142/182 * 1
B012 CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL 2G, 5 M A458735 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 200
ASM 142 D

B015 TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL PANEL - 142/182 111716 1
B016 TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY - 142/182 * 1
B017 P0368E1 TOUCH SCREEN PANEL BOARD-142/182 * 1
B018 TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. BOARD 142/182/310 * 1
B019 DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL SERIAL CABLE A461946 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 300
ASM 142 D

C001 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - WITHOUT PLUG 104559 1
C002 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - ITALY 104758 1
C003 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - SWITZERLAND 103718 1
C004 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - UK 104411 1
C005 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - US 103567 1
C006 CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - FRANCE/GERMANY 103566 1
C016 FUSE 5X20 TEMP. 4 A 060851 1
C023 HARNESS, BASIC WIRING - 142 * 1
C061 CIRCUIT BREAKER 16 A 115 V - 142 111280 1 ASM 142 D : S/n ≥ 45055
C062 CIRCUIT BREAKER 8 A 230 V - 142 111281 1 ASM 142 D : S/n ≥ 45055
C064 HARNESS, CALIBRATED LEAK WIRING * 1 See sheet E 360
C065 FAN - 142/102S/122D/310 A459291 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 300
ASM 142 D

C024 HARNESS, 10 PTS BLOCK - 142 * 1
C026 HARNESS, 15 PTS BLOCK - 142 * 1 See sheet E 360


TRM DB02 03/2009
F 400
Automatic control system and
electronic circuits
ASM 142 D

D001 P0330E1 POWER SUPPLY BOARD - 142/182 * 1
D003 P0302E6 MAIN BOARD - 2G detector * 1
D004 P0335E1 CONTROL PANEL BOARD - 142/182 * 1
D007 P0320E1 CELL 2G.1 MAIN BOARD * 1
D009 P0307E1 INTERFACE BOARD - 102S/142/122D * 1
D013 POWER SUPPLY MODULE - P0302 * 1
D016 EPROM, VOICE SYNTHESIS - 142/182-192T/T2 * 1
D026 LOUDSPEAKER; 90 DB/D 10 CM 060097 1
D028 SOFTWARE EPROM - 142D * 1
D036 P0203E1 CAL. LEAK TEMPERATURE SENSOR * 1
D040 P0368E1 TOUCH SCREEN PANEL BOARD-142/182 * 1
D041 TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. BOARD 142/182/310 * 1
D042 P0365E1 CONVERTER BOARD * 1
D047 FILAMENT POWER SUPPLY NM - P0302 * 1 Used for P0302-P0193-P0316-P0200
D051 P0319E1 2G.1 CELL AMPLIF. BOARD * 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 500
Measurement
ASM 142 D

E001 FILAMENT ASSEMBLY FOR ANALYZER CELL 053146 1
E002 MAGNET 1 MASS - ANALYSIS CELL * 1
E003 CELL 2G.1; STD PRESET - 142/182/192/20MD * 1
E004 ELECTRON COLLECTOR, DOUBLE 101127 1
E005 SEAL, ELASTOMER; SPECIAL CELL 102823 1
E006 SPECIAL WASHER FOR ANALYZER CELL 083486 1
E007 CHC SCREW M6-35 075612 1
E008 P0320E1 CELL 2G.1 MAIN BOARD * 1
E009 CELL, ANALYZER 2G1; EQUIPPED COVER * 1
E010 CELL, 2G.1; PREAMP. TARGET ASSEMBLY * 1
E011 CELL, 2G.1; ELECT. DEFLECTION ASSEMBLY * 1
E012 CELL, ANALYZER 2G,1; ACCESSORIES KIT * 1
E013 COLLECTOR + FILAMENT KIT - 2G.1 CELL A459843 1
E014 CELL 2G.1; MET PRESET - 142/182/192/20MD * 1
E040 CELL, ANALYZER ; PACKAGING * 1
E041 MAGNET 3 MASSES - ANALYSIS CELL * 1
E044 CELL, 2G.1; ELECTRODE * 1
E045 P0319E1 2G.1 CELL AMPLIF. BOARD * 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 500
Measurement
ASM 142 D

E015 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL 072427 1
E016 LEAD WIRE 10 M - 0.8 MM 083478 1
E017 CALIBRATED LEAK, INTERNAL; 50 CC 109241 1
E018 O'RING 1.78 x 12.42 NBR 050143 1
E019 CLIP FOR CALIBRATED LEAK - 142/122D A458317 1
E021 P0203E1 CAL. LEAK TEMPERATURE SENSOR * 1
E022 HARNESS, CALIBRATED LEAK WIRING * 1
E025 GAUGE, PI1 (ALUMINIUM) 795706 1
E026 FILAMENT FOR PI1 GAUGE 057972 1
E033 FILTER, INLET 103395 1
E037 INJECTION CELL - 142D * 1
E038 SHOCK ABSORBER - C 076112 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 600
Pumping
ASM 142 D

F006 GREASE SYRINGE FOR MDP/TMP 056993 1
F029 MDP 5006 HDS - SERVICE * 1
F031 CERAMIC BEARING KIT 8.000 TMP * 1
F044 AMP007I - SERVICE N1B602 1
F045 SEALS KIT, PERBUNAN - AMP007I * 1
F046 PUMP, EQUIPPED MD1 - 142D * 1
F047 AMD1 MAINTENANCE KIT 109149 1
F048 HOSE, D 8/L 1 M - DRYTEL/142D 106796 1
F049 MALE CONNECTOR 8 MM - 1/8 BSPT 108983 1
F050 METAL CLAMP 10/18 MM 076147 1
F051 EXHAUST PORT, DN16KF - D 8 MM A460519 1
F052 ELBOW 90° SS DN25KF 303027 1
F053 FILTER, INLET - 122D/102S/142D 090037 1
F054 SHOCK ABSORBER - D 082691 1
F055 INJECTION CELL - 142D * 1
F080 TOOL KIT FOR AMP007I * 1
F090 NONRETURN VALVE 109374 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 700
Valves
ASM 142 D

G001 MINISOL VALVE COIL 24 V 067040 1
G002 COIL 24 VDC 23 W * 1
G004 VALVE KIT, NC BACOSOL (104655) 106935 1
G007 VALVE + COIL , 3/2NC BACOSOL 24VDC/8W 106009 1
G010 SILENCER, BRONZE; M5 108449 1
G012 VACUUM SILICON GREASE (100 G BOX) 064600 1
G015 VALVE BLOCK, UPPER - 142/142D * 1
G016 VALVE BLOCK, LOWER - 142/142D/142S * 1
G029 SHOCK ABSORBER - C 076112 1
G037 FLAT L-BRACKET BLOCK-FRAME A458833 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 800
ASM 142 D

H026 CLAMP DN20/25KF 083264 1
H046 DIAPHRAGM DN25KF - D 10 MM 100983 1
H063 SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF D 10 MM 106828 1
H070 SEAL, INDIUM; DN40KF WITH FILTER A459308 1
H071 CLAMP, CHAIN; ALUMINIUM DN20/25KF 068381 1
H072 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL 072427 1
H074 SEAL, ELASTOMER; SPECIAL CELL 102823 1
H094 LEAD WIRE 10 M - 0.8 MM 083478 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 800
ASM 142 D

H001 TUBING, PVC; D 4 x 1 MM * 1
H005 CONNECTOR FOR PLASTIC TUBE 4 x 1 A458324 1
H006 BODY FEMALE CONNECTOR G 1/8 RBE03.2100 082988 1
H007 BELLOWS, SS; DN25KF L 250 MM 068370 1
H020 CLAMP DN10/16KF 083333 1
H021 SILENCER 1/8 70 MICRONS 075989 1
H027 FLANGE, BLANK; SS DN25KF 068196 1
H028 CLAMP DN32/40KF 083267 1
H030 CLAMP DN50KF 087163 1
H033 MALE ELBOW CONNECTOR 4/6 MM - 1/8 BSPT 083395 1
H035 MALE UNION BSPT F3BPL 2.7/4 - 1/8 082775 1
H050 FILTER, DN25KF; 70 MICRONS 072857 1
H059 FILTER, INLET 103395 1
H076 O'RING 1.78 x 12.42 NBR 050143 1
H080 FILTER, INLET - 122D/102S/142D 090037 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 800
ASM 142 D

H103 SKIFFY CLAMP - ASM 192 T/T2 109887 1
H105 SEALS KIT, PERBUNAN - AMP007I * 1
H106 HOSE, D 8/L 1 M - DRYTEL/142D 106796 1
H107 MALE CONNECTOR 8 MM - 1/8 BSPT 108983 1
H109 EXHAUST PORT, DN16KF - D 8 MM A460519 1
H110 ELBOW 90° SS DN25KF 303027 1
H113 MALE CONNECTOR 4/6 MM - 1/8 BSPT 083391 1
H114 FEMALE CONNECTOR 1/8 BSPT - LDS TUBE 067843 1
H115 O'RING DN16KF NBR 079237 1
H123 METAL CLAMP 10/18 MM 076147 1
H124 O'RING 5.33 x 113,67 NBR 082152 1
H125 MALE PURGE FITTING (BHU 22-06 CPC) 107641 1
H131 TEFLON MEMBRAN - D13 ; Ep 0,16 090034 1 Orders must be placed for qties multiple of 10 (10,20,30,...)
H147 PLASTIC CONNECTOR 109376 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 900
Cover
ASM 142 D

I001 CONTAINER - 142 A212639 1
I044 FOOT - 142/310 A459023 1
I059 DETECTOR PACKAGING - 142 * 1
I060 COVER, WITHOUT LOGO - 142 A462454 1
I063 LOGO - 142D A462515 1
I064 LOGO - GRAPHD A462517 1
I074 SHOCK ABSORBER - D 082691 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142 D

J001 NEEDLE FOR LDS PROBE - D 0.3 MM 072606 1
J003 NOZZLE, SHORT RIGID - 2000 LD SNIFFER 108242S 1
J004 NOZZLE, LONG; FOR HE PROBE 108243S 1
J005 NOZZLE, SHORT FLEXIBLE - 2000 LD SNIFFER 108883S 1
J006 NOZZLE, LONG FLEXIBLE - 2000 LD SNIFFER 108884S 1
J007 HC SCREW M5-6 - 2000 LD SNIFFER A459725 1
J008 5 FILTERS/2 SCREWS/2 O'RINGS - LDS PROBE A459858 1
J009 FILTER, IN TUBING - LDS PROBE * 1
J010 TUBE FOR LDS PROBE (OM) 067838 1
J011 TUBING, LDS - 5 METERS 072300 1
J013 MALE CONNECTOR 4/6 MM - 1/8 BSPT 083391 1
J014 FEMALE CONNECTOR 1/8 BSPT - LDS TUBE 067843 1
J034 10 M EXTENSION - LDS PROBE 090216 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142 D

J076 SNIFFER FILTER STONE 067722 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142 D

J015 TUBE HE SPRAY PROBE (OLD MODEL) 083446 1
J016 NOZZLE, SHORT RIGID; FOR HE PROBE 109955 1
J017 NOZZLE, LONG RIGID; FOR HE PROBE 109956 1
J018 CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL 2G, 5 M A458735 1
J043 HELIUM SPRAY PROBE 109951 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142 D

J048 CELL 2G.1; MET PRESET - 142/182/192/20MD * 1
J053 SEAL, INDIUM; DN40KF WITH FILTER A459308 1
J058 CLAMP, CHAIN; ALUMINIUM DN20/25KF 068381 1
J079 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL 072427 1
J080 LEAD WIRE 10 M - 0.8 MM 083478 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142 D

J081 TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL PANEL - 142/182 111716 1
J082 DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL SERIAL CABLE A461946 1
J083 P0368E1 TOUCH SCREEN PANEL BOARD-142/182 * 1
J084 TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY - 142/182 * 1
J085 TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. BOARD 142/182/310 * 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142 D

J023 MAGNET 3 MASSES - ANALYSIS CELL * 1
J031 O'RING 1.78 x 12.42 NBR 050143 1
J059 INTERFACE KIT - 142 107657 1
J060 P0307E1 INTERFACE BOARD - 102S/142/122D * 1
J075 O'RING 5.33 x 113,67 NBR 082152 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1000
ASM 142 D

J109 CART SCREW - 142 109871 1
J110 STOP FOR CART - 142 A461169 1

TRM DB02 03/2009
F 1100
Pictures of components
F 100 Tools
« A001 « A002 « A003 « A004 « A005

CHC SCREW M4-80 TORQUE WRENCH (TMP) ADAPTER, INT. CALIBRATED LEAK TOOL KIT FOR AMP007I TOOL KIT FOR MDP50ll/ATSl00
- l42/l22D
110715 A006 110716 A007 « A009 « A010 303358 A011

DNl6KF CALIBRATED LEAK DN25KF CALIBRATED LEAK MDP 50llEXTRACTOR DNl6KF NEEDLE VALVE TEE, REDUCING - DN40/40/l6KF
ADAPTATOR KIT ADAPTATOR KIT
303359 A012 068269 A013 FV4620 A014 FV4630 A015 FV4610 A016
TEE, REDUCING - DN50/50/l6KF TEE, REDUCING - DN25/25/l6KF CALIB. LEAK WITH VALVE l-3.l0-6 CALIB. LEAK WITH VALVE l-3.l0-6 CALIB. LEAK WITH VALVE l-3.l0-6
DN40KF DN50KF DN25KF
083333 A017 083267 A018 087163 A019 083264 A020 068193 A021
CLAMP DNl0/l6KF CLAMP DN32/40KF CLAMP DN50KF CLAMP DN20/25KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DNl6KF
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
068194 A022 087164 A023 068189 A024 067592 A025 105290 A026
CENTERING RING SS/PER DN40KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DN50KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DN25KF FUNNEL VACUUM GREASE (TUBE OF l0 G)
064600 A027 072427 A028 « A029 « A030 067791 A031

VACUUM SILICON GREASE (l00 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL HOUSING KIT INSERTABLE CELL, ANALYZER ; PACKAGING TEST CHAMBER ADAPTER; DN40KF
G BOX) - ATH20/30/40
l/9
« Contact customer services.
F 1100
100913 A032 111465 A033 A461946 A034 « A035 101932 A038

CYCLE COMMAND FOOT PEDAL DETECTION MAINTENANCE KIT DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL DETECTOR PACKAGING - l42 CONVERTER- ACT 200T
SERIAL CABLE
A457415-025 A039
CABLE CONVERTER - ACT 200T
A459292 B001 A459293 B002 « B005 « B007 A458735 B012

CONTROL PANEL EUR/US - l42/l82 CONTROL PANEL JAPAN - l42/l82 LCD DISPLAY + WIRING HARNESS P0335El CONTROL PANEL BOARD CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL
- l42/l82 - l42/l82 2G, 5 M
110881 B013 110882 B014 111716 B015 « B016 « B017

CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL PANEL TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY - l42/l82 P0368El TOUCH SCREEN PANEL
2G, l0 M 2G, l5 M - l42/l82 BOARD-l42/l82
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
« B018 A461946 B019

TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL
BOARD l42/l82/3l0 SERIAL CABLE
104559 C001 104758 C002 103718 C003 104411 C004 103567 C005
CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - ITALY CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - UK CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - US
- WITHOUT PLUG - SWITZERLAND
2/9
F 1100
103566 C006 060851 C016 « C023 « C024 « C026

CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M FUSE 5X20 TEMP. 4 A HARNESS, BASIC WIRING - l42 HARNESS, l0 PTS BLOCK - l42 HARNESS, l5 PTS BLOCK - l42
- FRANCE/GERMANY
« C027 « C028 111280 C061 111281 C062 « C064

HARNESS, 34 PTS RS232 WIRING HARNESS, 26 PTS RS232 WIRING CIRCUIT BREAKER l6 A ll5 V - l42 CIRCUIT BREAKER 8 A 230 V - l42 HARNESS, CALIBRATED LEAK WIRING
- l42/l02S - l42/l02S
A459291 C065 « C069

FAN - l42/l02S/l22D/3l0 HARNESS, 3 PTS RS232 WIRING
- l42/l02S
« D001 « D003 « D004 « D007 « D009

P0330El POWER SUPPLY BOARD P0302E6 MAIN BOARD - 2G detector P0335El CONTROL PANEL BOARD P0320El CELL 2G.l MAIN BOARD P0307El INTERFACE BOARD
- l42/l82 - l42/l82 - l02S/l42/l22D
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
« D013 « D016 « D023 060097 D026 « D036

POWER SUPPLY MODULE - P0302 EPROM, VOICE SYNTHESIS SOFTWARE EPROM - l42 LOUDSPEAKER; 90 DB/D l0 CM P0203El CAL. LEAK TEMPERATURE
- l42/l82-l92T/T2 SENSOR
« D040 « D041 « D042 « D047 « D051

P0368El TOUCH SCREEN PANEL TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. P0365El CONVERTER BOARD FILAMENT POWER SUPPLY NM P03l9El 2G.l CELL AMPLIF. BOARD
BOARD-l42/l82 BOARD l42/l82/3l0 - P0302
3/9
F 1100
F 500 Measurement
053146 E001 « E002 « E003 101127 E004 102823 E005

FILAMENT ASSEMBLY FOR ANALYZER MAGNET l MASS - ANALYSIS CELL CELL 2G.l; STD PRESET - ELECTRON COLLECTOR, DOUBLE SEAL, ELASTOMER; SPECIAL CELL
CELL l42/l82/l92/20MD
083486 E006 075612 E007 « E008 « E009 « E010

SPECIAL WASHER FOR ANALYZER CHC SCREW M6-35 P0320El CELL 2G.l MAIN BOARD CELL, ANALYZER 2Gl; EQUIPPED CELL, 2G.l; PREAMP. TARGET
CELL COVER ASSEMBLY
« E011 « E012 A459843 E013 « E014 072427 E015

CELL, 2G.l; ELECT. DEFLECTION CELL, ANALYZER 2G,l; COLLECTOR + FILAMENT KIT - 2G.l CELL 2G.l; MET PRESET - MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL
ASSEMBLY ACCESSORIES KIT CELL l42/l82/l92/20MD
083478 E016 109241 E017 050143 E018 A458317 E019 « E021

LEAD WIRE l0 M - 0.8 MM CALIBRATED LEAK, INTERNAL; 50 CC O'RING l.78 x l2.42 NBR CLIP FOR CALIBRATED LEAK P0203El CAL. LEAK TEMPERATURE
- l42/l22D SENSOR
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
« E022 795706 E025 057972 E026 103395 E033 076112 E038

HARNESS, CALIBRATED LEAK WIRING GAUGE, PIl (ALUMINIUM) FILAMENT FOR PIl GAUGE FILTER, INLET SHOCK ABSORBER - C
« E040 « E041 « E044 « E045

CELL, ANALYZER ; PACKAGING MAGNET 3 MASSES - ANALYSIS CELL CELL, 2G.l; ELECTRODE P03l9El 2G.l CELL AMPLIF. BOARD
4/9
F 1100
F 600 Pumping
056993 F006 210SFYLLS F010 210SFYHLS F011 068694 F014 067592 F015
GREASE SYRINGE FOR MDP/TMP RVP UM20l0SD LV A200 (Y) SCE RVP UM20l0SD HV A200 (Y) SCE OIL, ALCATEL 200 (lL) FUNNEL
(SERVICE) (SERVICE)
107348 F016 107646 F017 107645 F019 107648 F020 A459031 F024
OIL MIST ELIMINATOR; 2l M3/H D QUICK FEMALE CONNECTOR D l2 CLAMP, TUBE PRESS; 35.0/38.5 MM CLAMP, TUBE PRESS; l2.8/l5.0 MM INLET RVP EXTENSION - l42
30 MM MM RMI09
082109 F025 A328645 F027 « F031 « F032 « F033

O'RING 2.7 x l0.5 NBR HOSE, FLEXIBLE EXHAUST - l42 CERAMIC BEARING KIT 8.000 TMP CERAMIC BEARING KIT 7.999/8.000 CERAMIC BEARING KIT 7.998/7.999
TMP TMP
« F034 « F035 « F036 N1B602 F044 « F045

CERAMIC BEARING KIT 7.997/7.998 CERAMIC BEARING KIT 7.996/7.997 TOOL KIT FOR MDP50ll/ATSl00 AMP007I - SERVICE SEALS KIT, PERBUNAN - AMP007I
TMP TMP
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
082691 F054 « F080 A459105 F091

SHOCK ABSORBER - D TOOL KIT FOR AMP007I OIL MIST ELIMINATOR FLANGE
- l42/l42S
F 700 Valves
067040 G001 « G002 106935 G004 106009 G007 108449 G010

MINISOL VALVE COIL 24 V COIL 24 VDC 23 W VALVE KIT, NC BACOSOL (l04655) VALVE + COIL , 3/2NC BACOSOL SILENCER, BRONZE; M5
24VDC/8W
5/9
F 1100
064600 G012 « G015 « G016 076112 G029 A458833 G037

VACUUM SILICON GREASE (l00 VALVE BLOCK, UPPER - l42/l42D VALVE BLOCK, LOWER - SHOCK ABSORBER - C FLAT L-BRACKET BLOCK-FRAME
G BOX) l42/l42D/l42S
F 800 Pipes - Connections - Seals
« H001 A458324 H005 082988 H006 068370 H007 083333 H020

TUBING, PVC; D 4 x l MM CONNECTOR FOR PLASTIC TUBE BODY FEMALE CONNECTOR G l/8 BELLOWS, SS; DN25KF L 250 MM CLAMP DNl0/l6KF
4 xl RBE03.2l00
075989 H021 083264 H026 068196 H027 083267 H028 087163 H030
SILENCER l/8 70 MICRONS CLAMP DN20/25KF FLANGE, BLANK; SS DN25KF CLAMP DN32/40KF CLAMP DN50KF
082775 H035 106022 H037 106023 H038 106021 H040 100983 H046
MALE UNION BSPT F3BPL 2.7/4 O'RING DN25KF HNBR O'RING DN40KF HNBR O'RING DNl6KF HNBR DIAPHRAGM DN25KF - D l0 MM
- l/8
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
068224 H047 068226 H048 072857 H050 067636 H051 103395 H059
CENTERING RING DN25KF CENTERING RING DN40KF FILTER, DN25KF; 70 MICRONS FILTER, DN40KF FILTER, INLET
106828 H063 106819 H064 106818 H069 A459308 H070 068381 H071
SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF D l0 MM SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF VAT SEAL, INDIUM; DNl6KF VAT SEAL, INDIUM; DN40KF WITH FILTER CLAMP, CHAIN; ALUMINIUM
DN20/25KF
6/9
F 1100
072427 H072 102823 H074 050143 H076 303358 H087 303359 H088
MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL SEAL, ELASTOMER; SPECIAL CELL O'RING l.78 x l2.42 NBR TEE, REDUCING - DN40/40/l6KF TEE, REDUCING - DN50/50/l6KF
068269 H089 068193 H090 068194 H091 087164 H092 068189 H093
TEE, REDUCING - DN25/25/l6KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DNl6KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DN40KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DN50KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DN25KF
083478 H094 107646 H097 107645 H098 107648 H099 « H105

LEAD WIRE l0 M - 0.8 MM QUICK FEMALE CONNECTOR D l2 CLAMP, TUBE PRESS; 35.0/38.5 MM CLAMP, TUBE PRESS; l2.8/l5.0 MM SEALS KIT, PERBUNAN - AMP007I
MM RMI09
083391 H113 067843 H114 079237 H115 068222 H117 082152 H124
MALE CONNECTOR 4/6 MM - l/8 FEMALE CONNECTOR l/8 BSPT O'RING DNl6KF NBR CENTERING RING DNl6KF O'RING 5.33 x ll3,67 NBR
BSPT - LDS TUBE
107641 H125 A459046 H132

GB - DB02 - 03/2009
MALE PURGE FITTING (BHU 22-06 I/O CONNECTOR STOPPER - l42

CPC)
F 900 Cover
A212639 I001 A459023 I044 « I059 A462454 I060 A462501 I061

CONTAINER - l42 FOOT - l42/3l0 DETECTOR PACKAGING - l42 COVER, WITHOUT LOGO - l42 LOGO - l42
7/9
F 1100
A462502 I062 082691 I074

LOGO - GRAPH SHOCK ABSORBER - D
072606 J001 A461716 J002 108242S J003 108243S J004 108883S J005
NEEDLE FOR LDS PROBE - D 0.3 MM NEEDLE FOR LDS PROBE - D 0.35 MM NOZZLE, SHORT RIGID - 2000 LD NOZZLE, LONG; FOR HE PROBE NOZZLE, SHORT FLEXIBLE - 2000 LD
SNIFFER SNIFFER
108884S J006 A459725 J007 A459858 J008 « J009 067838 J010

NOZZLE, LONG FLEXIBLE - 2000 LD HC SCREW M5-6 - 2000 LD SNIFFER 5 FILTERS/2 SCREWS/2 O'RINGS FILTER, IN TUBING - LDS PROBE TUBE FOR LDS PROBE (OM)
SNIFFER - LDS PROBE
072300 J011 A459882 J012 083391 J013 067843 J014 083446 J015
TUBING, LDS - 5 METERS NEEDLE FOR LDS PROBE - D 0.3 MM MALE CONNECTOR 4/6 MM - l/8 FEMALE CONNECTOR l/8 BSPT TUBE HE SPRAY PROBE (OLD MODEL)
BSPT - LDS TUBE
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
109955 J016 109956 J017 A458735 J018 110881 J019 110882 J020
NOZZLE, SHORT RIGID; FOR HE NOZZLE, LONG RIGID; FOR HE CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL
PROBE PROBE 2G, 5 M 2G, l0 M 2G, l5 M
« J023 050143 J031 090216 J034 SNC1E1T1 J035 SNC1E2T1 J036

MAGNET 3 MASSES - ANALYSIS CELL O'RING l.78 x l2.42 NBR l0 M EXTENSION - LDS PROBE SNIFFER CANA.5 S R9 NIPPLE PENCIL SNIFFER CANA.5 S R30 NIPPLE
PENCIL
8/9
F 1100
SNC1E3T1 J037 SNC1E4T1 J038 SNC2E1T1 J039 SNC2E2T1 J040 SNC2E3T1 J041
SNIFFER CANA.5 S Sl5 NIPPLE SNIFFER CANA.5 S S45 NIPPLE SNIFFER CANA.l0 S R9 NIPPLE SNIFFER CANA.l0 S R30 NIPPLE SNIFFER CANA.l0 S Sl5 NIPPLE
PENCIL PENCIL PENCIL PENCIL PENCIL
SNC2E4T1 J042 109951 J043 « J048 106819 J051 A459308 J053

SNIFFER CANA.l0 S S45 NIPPLE HELIUM SPRAY PROBE CELL 2G.l; MET PRESET - SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF VAT SEAL, INDIUM; DN40KF WITH FILTER
PENCIL l42/l82/l92/20MD
106818 J056 068381 J058 107657 J059 « J060 « J061

SEAL, INDIUM; DNl6KF VAT CLAMP, CHAIN; ALUMINIUM INTERFACE KIT - l42 P0307El INTERFACE BOARD HARNESS, 34 PTS RS232 WIRING
DN20/25KF - l02S/l42/l22D - l42/l02S
« J062 082152 J075 067722 J076 105847 J077 105848 J078

HARNESS, 26 PTS RS232 WIRING O'RING 5.33 x ll3,67 NBR SNIFFER FILTER STONE 20µ PORAL FILTER DIAM.ll4MM 5µ PORAL FILTER DIAM.ll4MM
- l42/l02S
072427 J079 083478 J080 111716 J081 A461946 J082 « J083

GB - DB02 - 03/2009
MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL LEAD WIRE l0 M - 0.8 MM TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL PANEL DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL P0368El TOUCH SCREEN PANEL
- l42/l82 SERIAL CABLE BOARD-l42/l82
« J084 « J085 « J108 109871 J109 A461169 J110

TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY - l42/l82 TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. HARNESS, 3 PTS RS232 WIRING CART SCREW - l42 STOP FOR CART - l42
BOARD l42/l82/3l0 - l42/l02S
9/9
F 1100
F 100 Tools
« A001 « A002 « A003 « A004 « A005

CHC SCREW M4-80 TORQUE WRENCH (TMP) ADAPTER, INT. CALIBRATED LEAK TOOL KIT FOR AMP007I TOOL KIT FOR MDP50ll/ATSl00
- l42/l22D
110715 A006 110716 A007 « A009 « A010 303358 A011

DNl6KF CALIBRATED LEAK DN25KF CALIBRATED LEAK MDP 50llEXTRACTOR DNl6KF NEEDLE VALVE TEE, REDUCING - DN40/40/l6KF
ADAPTATOR KIT ADAPTATOR KIT
303359 A012 068269 A013 FV4620 A014 FV4630 A015 FV4610 A016
TEE, REDUCING - DN50/50/l6KF TEE, REDUCING - DN25/25/l6KF CALIB. LEAK WITH VALVE l-3.l0-6 CALIB. LEAK WITH VALVE l-3.l0-6 CALIB. LEAK WITH VALVE l-3.l0-6
DN40KF DN50KF DN25KF
083333 A017 083267 A018 087163 A019 083264 A020 068193 A021
CLAMP DNl0/l6KF CLAMP DN32/40KF CLAMP DN50KF CLAMP DN20/25KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DNl6KF
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
068194 A022 087164 A023 068189 A024 067592 A025 105290 A026
CENTERING RING SS/PER DN40KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DN50KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DN25KF FUNNEL VACUUM GREASE (TUBE OF l0 G)
064600 A027 072427 A028 « A029 « A030 067791 A031

VACUUM SILICON GREASE (l00 MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL HOUSING KIT INSERTABLE CELL, ANALYZER ; PACKAGING TEST CHAMBER ADAPTER; DN40KF
G BOX) - ATH20/30/40
l/l0
F 1100
100913 A032 111465 A033 A461946 A034 « A035 101932 A038

CYCLE COMMAND FOOT PEDAL DETECTION MAINTENANCE KIT DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL DETECTOR PACKAGING - l42 CONVERTER- ACT 200T
SERIAL CABLE
A457415-025 A039
CABLE CONVERTER - ACT 200T
A459292 B001 A459293 B002 « B005 « B007 A458735 B012

CONTROL PANEL EUR/US - l42/l82 CONTROL PANEL JAPAN - l42/l82 LCD DISPLAY + WIRING HARNESS P0335El CONTROL PANEL BOARD CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL
- l42/l82 - l42/l82 2G, 5 M
110881 B013 110882 B014 111716 B015 « B016 « B017

CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL PANEL TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY - l42/l82 P0368El TOUCH SCREEN PANEL
2G, l0 M 2G, l5 M - l42/l82 BOARD-l42/l82
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
« B018 A461946 B019

TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL
BOARD l42/l82/3l0 SERIAL CABLE
104559 C001 104758 C002 103718 C003 104411 C004 103567 C005
CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - ITALY CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - UK CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M - US
- WITHOUT PLUG - SWITZERLAND
2/l0
F 1100
103566 C006 060851 C016 « C023 « C024 « C026

CABLE, MAIN POWER; 2 M FUSE 5X20 TEMP. 4 A HARNESS, BASIC WIRING - l42 HARNESS, l0 PTS BLOCK - l42 HARNESS, l5 PTS BLOCK - l42
- FRANCE/GERMANY
« C027 « C028 111280 C061 111281 C062 « C064

HARNESS, 34 PTS RS232 WIRING HARNESS, 26 PTS RS232 WIRING CIRCUIT BREAKER l6 A ll5 V - l42 CIRCUIT BREAKER 8 A 230 V - l42 HARNESS, CALIBRATED LEAK WIRING
- l42/l02S - l42/l02S
A459291 C065 « C069

FAN - l42/l02S/l22D/3l0 HARNESS, 3 PTS RS232 WIRING
- l42/l02S
« D001 « D003 « D004 « D007 « D009

P0330El POWER SUPPLY BOARD P0302E6 MAIN BOARD - 2G detector P0335El CONTROL PANEL BOARD P0320El CELL 2G.l MAIN BOARD P0307El INTERFACE BOARD
- l42/l82 - l42/l82 - l02S/l42/l22D
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
« D013 « D016 060097 D026 « D028 « D036

POWER SUPPLY MODULE - P0302 EPROM, VOICE SYNTHESIS LOUDSPEAKER; 90 DB/D l0 CM SOFTWARE EPROM - l42D P0203El CAL. LEAK TEMPERATURE
- l42/l82-l92T/T2 SENSOR
« D040 « D041 « D042 « D047 « D051

P0368El TOUCH SCREEN PANEL TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. P0365El CONVERTER BOARD FILAMENT POWER SUPPLY NM P03l9El 2G.l CELL AMPLIF. BOARD
BOARD-l42/l82 BOARD l42/l82/3l0 - P0302
3/l0
F 1100
F 500 Measurement
053146 E001 « E002 « E003 101127 E004 102823 E005

FILAMENT ASSEMBLY FOR ANALYZER MAGNET l MASS - ANALYSIS CELL CELL 2G.l; STD PRESET - ELECTRON COLLECTOR, DOUBLE SEAL, ELASTOMER; SPECIAL CELL
CELL l42/l82/l92/20MD
083486 E006 075612 E007 « E008 « E009 « E010

SPECIAL WASHER FOR ANALYZER CHC SCREW M6-35 P0320El CELL 2G.l MAIN BOARD CELL, ANALYZER 2Gl; EQUIPPED CELL, 2G.l; PREAMP. TARGET
CELL COVER ASSEMBLY
« E011 « E012 A459843 E013 « E014 072427 E015

CELL, 2G.l; ELECT. DEFLECTION CELL, ANALYZER 2G,l; COLLECTOR + FILAMENT KIT - 2G.l CELL 2G.l; MET PRESET - MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL
ASSEMBLY ACCESSORIES KIT CELL l42/l82/l92/20MD
083478 E016 109241 E017 050143 E018 A458317 E019 « E021

LEAD WIRE l0 M - 0.8 MM CALIBRATED LEAK, INTERNAL; 50 CC O'RING l.78 x l2.42 NBR CLIP FOR CALIBRATED LEAK P0203El CAL. LEAK TEMPERATURE
- l42/l22D SENSOR
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
« E022 795706 E025 057972 E026 103395 E033 « E037

HARNESS, CALIBRATED LEAK WIRING GAUGE, PIl (ALUMINIUM) FILAMENT FOR PIl GAUGE FILTER, INLET INJECTION CELL - l42D
076112 E038 « E040 « E041 « E044 « E045

SHOCK ABSORBER - C CELL, ANALYZER ; PACKAGING MAGNET 3 MASSES - ANALYSIS CELL CELL, 2G.l; ELECTRODE P03l9El 2G.l CELL AMPLIF. BOARD
4/l0
F 1100
F 600 Pumping
056993 F006 « F029 « F031 « F032 « F033

GREASE SYRINGE FOR MDP/TMP MDP 5006 HDS - SERVICE CERAMIC BEARING KIT 8.000 TMP CERAMIC BEARING KIT 7.999/8.000 CERAMIC BEARING KIT 7.998/7.999
TMP TMP
« F034 « F035 N1B602 F044 « F045 « F046

CERAMIC BEARING KIT 7.997/7.998 CERAMIC BEARING KIT 7.996/7.997 AMP007I - SERVICE SEALS KIT, PERBUNAN - AMP007I PUMP, EQUIPPED MDl - l42D
TMP TMP
109149 F047 106796 F048 108983 F049 076147 F050 A460519 F051
AMDl MAINTENANCE KIT HOSE, D 8/L l M - DRYTEL/l42D MALE CONNECTOR 8 MM - l/8 METAL CLAMP l0/l8 MM EXHAUST PORT, DNl6KF - D 8 MM
BSPT
303027 F052 090037 F053 082691 F054 « F055 « F080

ELBOW 90° SS DN25KF FILTER, INLET - l22D/l02S/l42D SHOCK ABSORBER - D INJECTION CELL - l42D TOOL KIT FOR AMP007I
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
109374 F090
NONRETURN VALVE
F 700 Valves
067040 G001 « G002 106935 G004 106009 G007 108449 G010

MINISOL VALVE COIL 24 V COIL 24 VDC 23 W VALVE KIT, NC BACOSOL (l04655) VALVE + COIL , 3/2NC BACOSOL SILENCER, BRONZE; M5
24VDC/8W
5/l0
F 1100
064600 G012 « G015 « G016 076112 G029 A458833 G037

VACUUM SILICON GREASE (l00 VALVE BLOCK, UPPER - l42/l42D VALVE BLOCK, LOWER - SHOCK ABSORBER - C FLAT L-BRACKET BLOCK-FRAME
G BOX) l42/l42D/l42S
F 800 Pipes - Connections - Seals
« H001 A458324 H005 082988 H006 068370 H007 083333 H020

TUBING, PVC; D 4 x l MM CONNECTOR FOR PLASTIC TUBE BODY FEMALE CONNECTOR G l/8 BELLOWS, SS; DN25KF L 250 MM CLAMP DNl0/l6KF
4 xl RBE03.2l00
075989 H021 083264 H026 068196 H027 083267 H028 087163 H030
SILENCER l/8 70 MICRONS CLAMP DN20/25KF FLANGE, BLANK; SS DN25KF CLAMP DN32/40KF CLAMP DN50KF
083395 H033 082775 H035 106022 H037 106023 H038 106021 H040
MALE ELBOW CONNECTOR 4/6 MALE UNION BSPT F3BPL 2.7/4 O'RING DN25KF HNBR O'RING DN40KF HNBR O'RING DNl6KF HNBR
MM - l/8 BSPT - l/8
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
100983 H046 068224 H047 068226 H048 072857 H050 103395 H059
DIAPHRAGM DN25KF - D l0 MM CENTERING RING DN25KF CENTERING RING DN40KF FILTER, DN25KF; 70 MICRONS FILTER, INLET
106828 H063 106819 H064 106818 H069 A459308 H070 068381 H071
SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF D l0 MM SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF VAT SEAL, INDIUM; DNl6KF VAT SEAL, INDIUM; DN40KF WITH FILTER CLAMP, CHAIN; ALUMINIUM
DN20/25KF
6/l0
F 1100
072427 H072 102823 H074 050143 H076 090037 H080 303358 H087
MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL SEAL, ELASTOMER; SPECIAL CELL O'RING l.78 x l2.42 NBR FILTER, INLET - l22D/l02S/l42D TEE, REDUCING - DN40/40/l6KF
303359 H088 068269 H089 068193 H090 068194 H091 087164 H092
TEE, REDUCING - DN50/50/l6KF TEE, REDUCING - DN25/25/l6KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DNl6KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DN40KF CENTERING RING SS/PER DN50KF
068189 H093 083478 H094 109887 H103 « H105 106796 H106

CENTERING RING SS/PER DN25KF LEAD WIRE l0 M - 0.8 MM SKIFFY CLAMP - ASM l92 T/T2 SEALS KIT, PERBUNAN - AMP007I HOSE, D 8/L l M - DRYTEL/l42D
108983 H107 A460519 H109 303027 H110 083391 H113 067843 H114
MALE CONNECTOR 8 MM - l/8 EXHAUST PORT, DNl6KF - D 8 MM ELBOW 90° SS DN25KF MALE CONNECTOR 4/6 MM - l/8 FEMALE CONNECTOR l/8 BSPT
BSPT BSPT - LDS TUBE
079237 H115 068222 H117 076147 H123 082152 H124 107641 H125
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
O'RING DNl6KF NBR CENTERING RING DNl6KF METAL CLAMP l0/l8 MM O'RING 5.33 x ll3,67 NBR MALE PURGE FITTING (BHU 22-06
CPC)
090034 H131 109376 H147

TEFLON MEMBRAN - Dl3 ; Ep 0,l6 PLASTIC CONNECTOR
7/l0
F 1100
F 900 Cover
A212639 I001 A459023 I044 « I059 A462454 I060 A462515 I063

CONTAINER - l42 FOOT - l42/3l0 DETECTOR PACKAGING - l42 COVER, WITHOUT LOGO - l42 LOGO - l42D
A462517 I064 082691 I074

LOGO - GRAPHD SHOCK ABSORBER - D
072606 J001 A461716 J002 108242S J003 108243S J004 108883S J005
NEEDLE FOR LDS PROBE - D 0.3 MM NEEDLE FOR LDS PROBE - D 0.35 MM NOZZLE, SHORT RIGID - 2000 LD NOZZLE, LONG; FOR HE PROBE NOZZLE, SHORT FLEXIBLE - 2000 LD
SNIFFER SNIFFER
108884S J006 A459725 J007 A459858 J008 « J009 067838 J010

NOZZLE, LONG FLEXIBLE - 2000 LD HC SCREW M5-6 - 2000 LD SNIFFER 5 FILTERS/2 SCREWS/2 O'RINGS FILTER, IN TUBING - LDS PROBE TUBE FOR LDS PROBE (OM)
SNIFFER - LDS PROBE
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
072300 J011 A459882 J012 083391 J013 067843 J014 083446 J015
TUBING, LDS - 5 METERS NEEDLE FOR LDS PROBE - D 0.3 MM MALE CONNECTOR 4/6 MM - l/8 FEMALE CONNECTOR l/8 BSPT TUBE HE SPRAY PROBE (OLD MODEL)
BSPT - LDS TUBE
109955 J016 109956 J017 A458735 J018 110881 J019 110882 J020
NOZZLE, SHORT RIGID; FOR HE NOZZLE, LONG RIGID; FOR HE CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL CABLE FOR REMOTE CONTROL
PROBE PROBE 2G, 5 M 2G, l0 M 2G, l5 M
8/l0
F 1100
« J023 050143 J031 090216 J034 SNC1E1T1 J035 SNC1E2T1 J036

MAGNET 3 MASSES - ANALYSIS CELL O'RING l.78 x l2.42 NBR l0 M EXTENSION - LDS PROBE SNIFFER CANA.5 S R9 NIPPLE PENCIL SNIFFER CANA.5 S R30 NIPPLE
PENCIL
SNC1E3T1 J037 SNC1E4T1 J038 SNC2E1T1 J039 SNC2E2T1 J040 SNC2E3T1 J041
SNIFFER CANA.5 S Sl5 NIPPLE SNIFFER CANA.5 S S45 NIPPLE SNIFFER CANA.l0 S R9 NIPPLE SNIFFER CANA.l0 S R30 NIPPLE SNIFFER CANA.l0 S Sl5 NIPPLE
PENCIL PENCIL PENCIL PENCIL PENCIL
SNC2E4T1 J042 109951 J043 « J048 106819 J051 A459308 J053

SNIFFER CANA.l0 S S45 NIPPLE HELIUM SPRAY PROBE CELL 2G.l; MET PRESET - SEAL, INDIUM; DN25KF VAT SEAL, INDIUM; DN40KF WITH FILTER
PENCIL l42/l82/l92/20MD
106818 J056 068381 J058 107657 J059 « J060 « J061

SEAL, INDIUM; DNl6KF VAT CLAMP, CHAIN; ALUMINIUM INTERFACE KIT - l42 P0307El INTERFACE BOARD HARNESS, 34 PTS RS232 WIRING
DN20/25KF - l02S/l42/l22D - l42/l02S
« J062 082152 J075 067722 J076 105847 J077 105848 J078

GB - DB02 - 03/2009
HARNESS, 26 PTS RS232 WIRING O'RING 5.33 x ll3,67 NBR SNIFFER FILTER STONE 20µ PORAL FILTER DIAM.ll4MM 5µ PORAL FILTER DIAM.ll4MM
- l42/l02S
072427 J079 083478 J080 111716 J081 A461946 J082 « J083

MOLD FOR LEAD SEAL LEAD WIRE l0 M - 0.8 MM TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL PANEL DETECTOR/TOUCH SCREEN PANEL P0368El TOUCH SCREEN PANEL
- l42/l82 SERIAL CABLE BOARD-l42/l82
9/l0
F 1100
« J084 « J085 « J108 109871 J109 A461169 J110

TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY - l42/l82 TOUCH SCREEN POWER SUP. HARNESS, 3 PTS RS232 WIRING CART SCREW - l42 STOP FOR CART - l42
BOARD l42/l82/3l0 - l42/l02S
GB - DB02 - 03/2009
l0/l0
G
Appendix
ASM 142 - ASM 142 D
Detailed contents
G 100 Declaration of conformity
G 200 ASM 142 - Wiring diagrams
G 201 ASM 142 D - Wiring diagrams
G 300 Analog outputs
G 400 Long distance sniffer probe user manual

- Dimensions
- Technical characteristics
- Use precautions with the flexible sniffer probe
- Flow adjustment
- Available spare parts
- Filter exchange
- Needle replacement
- O’ring installation
- « Sniffer probe clogged » message
- Adaptor for calibrated leak
G 500 Helium spray gun user manual

- Description
- Technical characteristics
- Use precaution
- Spare parts
G 600 Safety questionnaire
G 800 Tools
- ASM VIEW Supervisory software
- ASM Graph downloader software
- ASM Dialogue software
1/1
G 100
Declaration of conformity
The declarations of conformity are available on request to AVTF in

next languages: German/English/Danish/Spanish/French/Italian/
Dutch/Portuguese.
1/1
G 200
Wiring diagrams - ASM 142
(index -)
I/O Modem PRINTER
J3 J2 J1
P5 J5
Vacuum block
4
1
14
5
9
4
8
3
7
2
6
5
9
4
8
3
7
2
6
9
4
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
13
25
12
24
11
23
10
22
J4 J7
3 3
I/O OPTION 1 GND 1 2 2
2 GND RX +5V DSR
2 1 1
HP
I/O GND RTS RX
3
EV RLD
P0307 I/O BOARD 9

AN A 1 S Helog TX DT R RTS
AN A 0 CTS CTS TX A459921
A212641 P100 J 100
Liaison EV GF
1 1
J5 optionel
3
26
J6
33
34
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
2 6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Sur ASM 3 2
COLOR CODE
Standard 4 7 EV NORMAL
Liaison 5 3
direct 6 8 4
J1 J2
26
33
34
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
7
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
4
WH (WHITE / BLANC) J5<=>J5
8 9
BN (BROWN / BRUN) J5 J5
9 5
EV PREV
GN (GREEN / VERT) GND 4 4 10 10 2
YE (YELLOW / JAUNE) EXTERN2 EXTERN1 Audio 3 3
GY (GRAY / GRIS) Flat cable GND 2 2
PK (PINK / ROSE) A459169 EV PATM
BU (BLUE / BLEU) Flat cable 1 1
A212644 10
RD (RED / ROUGE) A459168 J6 (option)
BK (BLACK / NOIR) 1
RD
VT (PURPLE / VIOLET) 6 A212643
2
V/J (VERT-JAUNE) 7 1 PA
INLET pressure
(GREEN-YELLOW) 3 2
1
2
P IR A N I
8
Flat Cable A459167 4
9 Calibration
J 12 J 01
5
8 8 Filament 1-A
10
LEAK
Filament 1-B 1
15 15
2
7
SPECTRO
7
3
14 14 SPECTRO J9
6 6 P101 J 101
1
13 13 Filament 2-A
2 1 1
5 5
3 A212642 9 9
12 12 Filament 2-B PIRANIS 4 11 11
EV PREV
4 4
5 2 2
1
11 11 Pirani gauge
6 10 10
3
P0302
3 3
Collector 3 EV EA
10 10 4
4
2 2 J8
12 12 6
9 9 Brake
1 5 5
Triode signal VALVES_1
CELL
1 1
2 13 13 EV EA_PPM
3 6 6
A459166 14 14 8
J 10
7 7
1 1 J7
15 15 EV NORMAL
9 9 RD
10 8 8
5
PREAMPLI
2 2
5 16 16
10 10
0/8V output 9
3 3
4
11 11 VALVES_2 8
EV CAL_DET
4 4 PREAMPLI Power supply 3 7
12 12
7
5 5
2
13 13
6
6 6
14 1
14
AMP007I
J 14 J1
15 WH
1 1
7 7
15
2
3
BN
GN 2
3
P J2
0
8 8 YE WH
4 4 1 A
GY
5 5 2 BN
B
TMP_A
6 PK
6
3 3 GN
F 00297 - Edition 02 - February 05
7 7 4 C
Accessory +5V BU YE
2
8 8 5 D
RD GY
101112
131415
1 23
4 56
7 89
9 9 6 E
10 10 PK
6
BK F
REMOTE
11
11
G ND G ND GND GND GND +24V J15
A459164
CONTROL
12 12
A459165
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
18
19
20
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A459162
A328711
WH/YE
BN/GN
WH/GN
RD/BU
GY/PK
4
3
2
1
VT
BK
RD
BU
PK
GY
YE
GN
BN
WH
J1 J2 Power
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
J1
J6
4
3
2
1
R S485-
13
14
15
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
RS485+
121110
151413
3 2 1
6 5 4
CONTROL PANEL
9 8 7
+24V G ND
P0330 E1
1/2
G 200
Wiring diagrams - ASM 142
(index -)
AMP007 Frame Power COLOR CODE

FAN FAN FAN WH (WHITE / BLANC)
2010SD BN (BROWN / BRUN)
GN (GREEN / VERT)
YE (YELLOW / JAUNE)
GY (GRAY / GRIS)
2
RD BK RD BK RD BK PK (PINK / ROSE)
J1 J2 J3
BU (p
BlLu
UgE / BLEU)
RD (RED / ROUGE)
Molded cable
BK ( BLACK / NOIR)
E
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
VT (PURPLE / VIOLET)
V/J (VERT-JAUNE)
GND GND G ND (GREEN-YELLOW)
+24V +24V +24V
220V
Breaker
110V
CEI
J5 A459163 A461185
P0330 E1 1
3
BU
V/ J
RD
BU
RD
1
2
LIN
2 3
COM12/0 COM24/12 0
1
-15V
+24V
+5V +15V
GND GND G ND G ND
Main power
G ND
P0302
J15
151413
121110
9 8 7
6 5 4
3 2 1
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
101112
131415
J6
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
15
11
14
F 00297 - Edition 02 - February 05
2/2
G 201
Wiring diagrams - ASM 142 D
(index -)
I/O Modem PRINTER
J3 J2 J1 P5 J5
Vacuum block
4 4
13
25
12
24
11
23
10
22
9
21
8
20
7
19
6
18
5
17
4
16
3
15
2
14
1
5
9
4
5
9
4
8
3
7
2
6
1
8
3
7
2
6
1
J4 J7
3
I/O OPTION GND 1
3
2 2
1
GND
RX
+5V DSR HP
2 I/O GND RTS RX 2 1 1 EV RLD
P0307 I/O BOARD

3
ANA1 SHelog TX DTR RTS 9
ANA0 CTS CTS TX A459921
A212641 P100 J100
Liaison EV GF
1
J6 J5
optionel 1
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
2 6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Sur ASM 3 2
COLOR CODE
Standard 4 7 EV NORMAL
Liaison 5 3
direct 6 8
4
J1 J2
WH (WHITE / BLANC) 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
J5<=>J5 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
BN (BROWN / BRUN) J5 J5
8 9 EV PREV
GN (GREEN / VERT) GND
9 5
2
YE (YELLOW / JAUNE) EXTERN2 EXTERN1 Audio 4 4 10 10
GY (GRAY / GRIS) Flat cable GND
3 3
PK (PINK / ROSE) A459169 EV PATM
BU (BLUE / BLEU) Flat cable 2 2 A212644 10
RD (RED / ROUGE) A459168 1 1 (option)
BK (BLACK / NOIR)
VT (PURPLE / VIOLET) J6
RD A212643
1
6
V/J (VERT-JAUNE) 2
PA
INLET pressure
(GREEN-YELLOW) 7 1 1 PIRA NI
3 2 2
Flat Cable A459167 8
4
9 Calibration
J12 J01
8 Filament 1-A 5
8
LEAK
15 Filament 1-B 10 1
15
2
SPECTRO
7 7
14 14 SPECTRO J9 3
6 6 P101 J101
Filament 2-A 1
13 13 2 1
1
5 5 3 A212642 9 9
12 12 Filament 2-B PIRANIS 4 11 11
EV PREV
4 4 5 2 2
1
11 11 Pirani gauge
6 10 10
3 3
P0302
3 3 EV EA
10 10 Collector
4
2 2 J8
4
12 12
6
9 9 Brake
5 5
Triode signal VALVES_1 1
CELL
1 1 2 13 13 EV EA_PPM
3 6 6
A459166 14 8
14
J10
7 7
1 1 J7
RD 15 15 EV NORMAL
9 9 10 8
8
5
PREAMPLI
2 2 5 16
16
10 10 9
3 0/8V output
3 4
11 11 VALVES_2 EV CAL_DET
4 4 PREAMPLI Power supply 8
3
7
12 12
7
5 5
2
13 13
6
6 6
1
14 14
AMP007I
J14 J1
WH
1
7 7
P
15 15 BN 1
8 8 2 GN 2
J2
3 3
0
YE WH
4 GY 4 1 BN A
Accessory 5 5 2 GN B
TMP_A 6
7
PK 6
3 3 YE C
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
7 4
101112
131415
+5V BU GY D
8 RD 8
2 5
PK E
REMOTE
9 9 6 F
10
6
BK 10
11
G ND G ND GND GND GND +24V J15 11
A459164
CONTROL
12 12
A459165
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
15
11
14
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
J3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A459162
A328711
WH/YE
BN/GN
WH/GN
RD/BU
GY/PK
VT
BK
RD
BU
PK
GY
YE
GN
BN
WH
4
3
2
1
J1 J2 Power
J1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
J6
4
3
2
1
RS485-
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
RS485+
121110
151413
CONTROL PANEL
3 2 1
6 5 4
9 8 7
+24V G ND
P0330 E1
1/2
G 201
(index -)
G 201
(index -)
Tôle Support
COLOR CODE
WH (WHITE / BLANC) J13 J1
BN (BROWN / BRUN) 1
WH
1
GN
YE
(GREEN / VERT)
(YELLOW / JAUNE)
P0302
2
BN
GN 2 P J2
GY (GRAY / GRIS) 3 3
0
YE WH
4 A
PK (PINK / ROSE) 5
GY 4 1 BN
B
BU (BLUE / BLEU) 5 2 GN
RD
BK
(RED / ROUGE)
(BLACK / NOIR)
6
7
PK
BU
6
7 3 3
4
YE
GY
C
D
2
8 8 5 E
VT (PURPLE / VIOLET) 9
RD
9 6
PK
F
10 10
V/J (VERT-JAUNE)
(GREEN-YELLOW) 11
12
BK
11
12
6 A459164
A459165
MDP5006HDS
AMP007 Frame Power
FAN FAN FAN
2
1
2
RD BK RD BK RD BK
J1 J2 J3
Molded cable
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
2010SD
GND G ND GND
+24V +24V +24V
220V
Breaker
110V
CEI plug
J5 A459163 A461185
P0330 E1 1
3
BU
V/J
RD
BU
RD
1
2
LINE
2 3
COM12/0 COM24/12 0
1
-15V
+24V
+5V +15V
GND GND GND GND

Main power
GND
P0302
J15
151413
121110
9 8 7
6 5 4
3 2 1
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
101112
131415
J6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
12
13
15
15
14
13
12
11
10
11
14
2/2
G 300 He signal
Analog outputs 1.00E+00

This curve gives directly the correspondance between the output
voltage and the signal for all leak detectors except ASM 142 S
and ASM 102 S.
For these products, it is necessary to correct the curve He signal.
1.00E-01
ASM 142 S: He signal = curve He signal x 15
The purpose of the present chapter is to present the logarithmic response ASM 102 S: He signal = curve He signal x 1000
of this output.
Example: V = 4.96 V
- All leak detectors except ASM 142 S and ASM 102 S 9.1x10-6 mbar.l/s
0 - 10 Volt To get directly the corrected helium signal as it is displayed on the 1.00E-02 - ASM 142 S 9.1x10-6 x 15 1.365x10-4 mbar.l/s
Digital display, use the 0 - 10 Volt linear output (refer to B 300) on - ASM 102 S 9.1x10-6 x 1000 9.1x10-2 mbar.l/s
the same I/O interface connector.
1.00E-03
Note: the pressure analog output is not the same as the helium output.
Pressure P (mbar) (U-5,5)
Voltage V (volt) P = 10 mbar
1.00E-04
0 - 8 Volt Reminder:
n The 0 - 8 Volt logarithmic output is located on the I/O interface

1.00E-05
connector:
Ground 0/8V
ASM 182/192 family - ASM 1002 Pin 15 Pin 14 1.00E-06
ASM 142 family - ASM 122 D - Pin 1 Pin 14

ASM 102 S - ASI 22
1.00E-07
- ASM 182/192 family, ASM 1002: signal connected (COEF.SENS and
COEF.MODE applied)
- ASM 142 family, ASM 122 D, ASM 102 S, ASI 22: signal not
corrected.
1.00E-08
n This output corresponds to the electronic signal obtained with the best
sensitivity mode of the leak detector.
1.00E-09
n This output corresponds to the electronic signal obtained at the level
of the analyzer cell (VHS amplification system) and does not include the
correction factors generated by the internal and external calibration.
1.00E-10
n The chart and curve shows the correspondance between output voltage
and helium signal. The helium signal given by the present chart needs
to be multiplied by COEF.SENS which is adjusted during the internal
(auto)calibration: refer to Calibration or Configuration menus (see 1.00E-11
Chapter C) in order to get access to COEF SENS value. This COEF.SENS
value is modified at each autocalibration: its takes into account the fact
that the characteristics of the leak detector (analyzer cell and pumps
1.00E-12
status) and evoluates as it is used.
n If an external correction ratio like VAC COR, SNIF COR or GL COR is

activated, the helium signal given by the present chart also needs to be 1.00E-13
multiplied by this ratio: refer C 300. 0 1
Vo ltage
1/2
G 300
This chart gives directly the correspondance between the output voltage and Example : V = 4.96 V
Analog outputs the signal for all leak detectors except ASM 142 S and ASM 102 S.
For these products, it is necessary to correct the chart He signal.
- All leak detectors except ASM 142 S and ASM 102 S
mbar.l/s
9.1x10-6
ASM 142 S: the signal = chart He signal x 15 - ASM 142 S 9.1x10-6 x 15 1.365x10-4 mbar.l/s
Compressed format: 131E-09 = 1.31x10-7 ASM 102 S: the signal = chart He signal x 1000 - ASM 102 S 9.1x10-6 x 1000 9.1x10-2 mbar.l/s
Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode Volts HS mode
Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate Leak rate
0.08 191E-15 0.65 216E-12 1.22 122E-11 1.79 532E-11 2.36 213E-10 2.93 821E-10 3.5 311E-09 4.07 117E-08 4.64 435E-08 5.21 162E-07 5.78 602E-07 6.35 224E-06 6.92 832E-06 7.49 309E-05
0.09 161E-14 0.66 224E-12 1.23 125E-11 1.8 546E-11 2.37 218E-10 2.94 841E-10 3.51 318E-09 4.08 119E-08 4.65 445E-08 5.22 166E-07 5.79 616E-07 6.36 229E-06 6.93 851E-06 7.5 316E-05
0.1 307E-14 0.67 232E-12 1.24 129E-11 1.81 560E-11 2.38 224E-10 2.95 861E-10 3.52 326E-09 4.09 122E-08 4.66 456E-08 5.23 170E-07 5.8 631E-07 6.37 234E-06 6.94 871E-06 7.51 324E-05
0.11 459E-14 0.68 240E-12 1.25 132E-11 1.82 574E-11 2.39 229E-10 2.96 881E-10 3.53 333E-09 4.1 125E-08 4.67 466E-08 5.24 174E-07 5.81 645E-07 6.38 240E-06 6.95 891E-06 7.52 331E-05
0.12 616E-14 0.69 248E-12 1.26 136E-11 1.83 588E-11 2.4 235E-10 2.97 902E-10 3.54 341E-09 4.11 128E-08 4.68 477E-08 5.25 178E-07 5.82 661E-07 6.39 245E-06 6.96 912E-06 7.53 339E-05
0.13 778E-14 0.7 257E-12 1.27 139E-11 1.84 603E-11 2.41 240E-10 2.98 924E-10 3.55 349E-09 4.12 131E-08 4.69 488E-08 5.26 182E-07 5.83 676E-07 6.40 251E-06 6.97 933E-06 7.54 347E-05
0.14 946E-14 0.71 266E-12 1.28 143E-11 1.85 618E-11 2.42 246E-10 2.99 946E-10 3.56 357E-09 4.13 134E-08 4.7 500E-08 5.27 186E-07 5.84 692E-07 6.41 257E-06 6.98 955E-06 7.55 355E-05
0.15 112E-13 0.72 275E-12 1.29 147E-11 1.86 633E-11 2.43 252E-10 3 968E-10 3.57 366E-09 4.14 137E-08 4.71 511E-08 5.28 190E-07 5.85 708E-07 6.42 263E-06 6.99 977E-06 7.56 363E-05
0.16 130E-13 0.73 284E-12 1.3 151E-11 1.87 649E-11 2.44 258E-10 3.01 991E-10 3.58 374E-09 4.15 140E-08 4.72 523E-08 5.29 195E-07 5.86 724E-07 6.43 269E-06 7 100E-05 7.57 371E-05
0.17 148E-13 0.74 294E-12 1.31 155E-11 1.88 665E-11 2.45 264E-10 3.02 101E-09 3.59 383E-09 4.16 144E-08 4.73 535E-08 5.3 199E-07 5.87 741E-07 6.44 275E-06 7.01 102E-05 7.58 380E-05
0.18 167E-13 0.75 304E-12 1.32 159E-11 1.89 682E-11 2.46 271E-10 3.03 104E-09 3.6 392E-09 4.17 147E-08 4.74 548E-08 5.31 204E-07 5.88 758E-07 6.45 282E-06 7.02 105E-05 7.59 389E-05
0.19 187E-13 0.76 314E-12 1.33 164E-11 1.9 699E-11 2.47 277E-10 3.04 106E-09 3.61 401E-09 4.18 150E-08 4.75 561E-08 5.32 209E-07 5.89 776E-07 6.46 288E-06 7.03 107E-05 7.6 398E-05
0.2 208E-13 0.77 324E-12 1.34 168E-11 1.91 717E-11 2.48 284E-10 3.05 109E-09 3.62 411E-09 4.19 154E-08 4.76 574E-08 5.33 214E-07 5.9 794E-07 6.47 295E-06 7.04 110E-05 7.61 407E-05
0.21 229E-13 0.78 335E-12 1.35 173E-11 1.92 734E-11 2.49 291E-10 3.06 111E-09 3.63 420E-09 4.2 157E-08 4.77 587E-08 5.34 219E-07 5.91 813E-07 6.48 302E-06 7.05 112E-05 7.62 417E-05
0.22 250E-13 0.79 346E-12 1.36 177E-11 1.93 753E-11 2.5 298E-10 3.07 114E-09 3.64 430E-09 4.21 161E-08 4.78 601E-08 5.35 224E-07 5.92 832E-07 6.49 309E-06 7.06 115E-05 7.63 427E-05
0.23 273E-13 0.8 357E-12 1.37 182E-11 1.94 771E-11 2.51 305E-10 3.08 117E-09 3.65 440E-09 4.22 165E-08 4.79 615E-08 5.36 229E-07 5.93 851E-07 6.50 316E-06 7.07 117E-05 7.64 436E-05
0.24 296E-13 0.81 369E-12 1.38 187E-11 1.95 791E-11 2.52 312E-10 3.09 120E-09 3.66 451E-09 4.23 169E-08 4.8 629E-08 5.37 234E-07 5.94 871E-07 6.51 324E-06 7.08 120E-05 7.65 447E-05
0.25 320E-13 0.82 381E-12 1.39 192E-11 1.96 810E-11 2.53 320E-10 3.1 122E-09 3.67 461E-09 4.24 173E-08 4.81 644E-08 5.38 240E-07 5.95 891E-07 6.52 331E-06 7.09 123E-05 7.66 457E-05
0.26 344E-13 0.83 393E-12 1.4 197E-11 1.97 830E-11 2.54 327E-10 3.11 125E-09 3.68 472E-09 4.25 177E-08 4.82 659E-08 5.39 245E-07 5.96 912E-07 6.53 339E-06 7.1 126E-05 7.67 468E-05
0.27 370E-13 0.84 405E-12 1.41 202E-11 1.98 851E-11 2.55 335E-10 3.12 128E-09 3.69 483E-09 4.26 181E-08 4.83 674E-08 5.4 251E-07 5.97 933E-07 6.54 347E-06 7.11 129E-05 7.68 479E-05
0.28 396E-13 0.85 418E-12 1.42 208E-11 1.99 872E-11 2.56 343E-10 3.13 131E-09 3.7 495E-09 4.27 185E-08 4.84 690E-08 5.41 257E-07 5.98 955E-07 6.55 355E-06 7.12 132E-05 7.69 490E-05
0.29 423E-13 0.86 431E-12 1.43 213E-11 2 893E-11 2.57 351E-10 3.14 134E-09 3.71 506E-09 4.28 189E-08 4.85 706E-08 5.42 263E-07 5.99 977E-07 6.56 363E-06 7.13 135E-05 7.7 501E-05
0.3 451E-13 0.87 445E-12 1.44 219E-11 2.01 916E-11 2.58 360E-10 3.15 138E-09 3.72 518E-09 4.29 194E-08 4.86 723E-08 5.43 269E-07 6 1 000E-07 6.57 372E-06 7.14 138E-05 7.71 513E-05
0.31 479E-13 0.88 459E-12 1.45 225E-11 2.02 938E-11 2.59 369E-10 3.16 141E-09 3.73 530E-09 4.3 198E-08 4.87 740E-08 5.44 275E-07 6.01 102E-06 6.58 380E-06 7.15 141E-05 7.72 525E-05
0.32 509E-13 0.89 473E-12 1.46 230E-11 2.03 961E-11 2.6 377E-10 3.17 144E-09 3.74 543E-09 4.31 203E-08 4.88 757E-08 5.45 282E-07 6.02 105E-06 6.59 389E-06 7.16 145E-05 7.73 537E-05
0.33 539E-13 0.9 488E-12 1.47 236E-11 2.04 985E-11 2.61 386E-10 3.18 147E-09 3.75 555E-09 4.32 208E-08 4.89 774E-08 5.46 288E-07 6.03 107E-06 6.6 398E-06 7.17 148E-05 7.74 549E-05
0.34 571E-13 0.91 503E-12 1.48 243E-11 2.05 101E-10 2.62 396E-10 3.19 151E-09 3.76 568E-09 4.33 213E-08 4.9 793E-08 5.47 295E-07 6.04 110E-06 6.61 407E-06 7.18 151E-05 7.75 562E-05
0.35 603E-13 0.92 518E-12 1.49 249E-11 2.06 103E-10 2.63 405E-10 3.2 155E-09 3.77 582E-09 4.34 218E-08 4.91 811E-08 5.48 302E-07 6.05 112E-06 6.62 417E-06 7.19 155E-05 7.76 575E-05
0.36 637E-13 0.93 534E-12 1.5 256E-11 2.07 106E-10 2.64 415E-10 3.21 158E-09 3.78 595E-09 4.35 223E-08 4.92 830E-08 5.49 309E-07 6.06 115E-06 6.63 427E-06 7.2 158E-05 7.77 589E-05
0.37 671E-13 0.94 550E-12 1.51 262E-11 2.08 109E-10 2.65 425E-10 3.22 162E-09 3.79 609E-09 4.36 228E-08 4.93 849E-08 5.5 316E-07 6.07 117E-06 6.64 437E-06 7.21 162E-05 7.78 602E-05
0.38 706E-13 0.95 567E-12 1.52 269E-11 2.09 111E-10 2.66 435E-10 3.23 166E-09 3.8 624E-09 4.37 233E-08 4.94 869E-08 5.51 323E-07 6.08 120E-06 6.65 447E-06 7.22 166E-05 7.79 616E-05
0.39 743E-13 0.96 584E-12 1.53 276E-11 2.1 114E-10 2.67 445E-10 3.24 170E-09 3.81 638E-09 4.38 239E-08 4.95 889E-08 5.52 331E-07 6.09 123E-06 6.66 457E-06 7.23 170E-05 7.8 631E-05
0.4 780E-13 0.97 601E-12 1.54 283E-11 2.11 117E-10 2.68 456E-10 3.25 174E-09 3.82 653E-09 4.39 244E-08 4.96 910E-08 5.53 339E-07 6.1 126E-06 6.67 468E-06 7.24 174E-05 7.81 646E-05
0.41 819E-13 0.98 619E-12 1.55 291E-11 2.12 120E-10 2.69 467E-10 3.26 178E-09 3.83 669E-09 4.4 250E-08 4.97 931E-08 5.54 347E-07 6.11 129E-06 6.68 479E-06 7.25 178E-05 7.82 661E-05
0.42 858E-13 0.99 637E-12 1.56 298E-11 2.13 123E-10 2.7 478E-10 3.27 182E-09 3.84 684E-09 4.41 256E-08 4.98 953E-08 5.55 355E-07 6.12 132E-06 6.69 490E-06 7.26 182E-05 7.83 676E-05
0.43 899E-13 1 656E-12 1.57 306E-11 2.14 126E-10 2.71 489E-10 3.28 186E-09 3.85 700E-09 4.42 262E-08 4.99 975E-08 5.56 363E-07 6.13 135E-06 6.7 501E-06 7.27 186E-05 7.84 692E-05
0.44 941E-13 1.01 676E-12 1.58 314E-11 2.15 129E-10 2.72 501E-10 3.29 191E-09 3.86 717E-09 4.43 268E-08 5 998E-08 5.57 371E-07 6.14 138E-06 6.71 513E-06 7.28 191E-05 7.85 708E-05
0.45 984E-13 1.02 695E-12 1.59 322E-11 2.16 132E-10 2.73 513E-10 3.3 195E-09 3.87 734E-09 4.44 5.01 5.58 6.15 141E-06 6.72 7.29 7.86

274E-08 102E-07 380E-07 525E-06 195E-05 724E-05
0.46 103E-12 1.03 716E-12 1.6 330E-11 2.17 135E-10 2.74 525E-10 3.31 200E-09 3.88 751E-09 4.45 281E-08 5.02 105E-07 5.59 389E-07 6.16 145E-06 6.73 537E-06 7.3 200E-05 7.87 741E-05
0.47 107E-12 1.04 737E-12 1.61 339E-11 2.18 138E-10 2.75 538E-10 3.32 204E-09 3.89 768E-09 4.46 287E-08 5.03 107E-07 5.6 398E-07 6.17 148E-06 6.74 550E-06 7.31 204E-05 7.88 758E-05
0.48 112E-12 1.05 758E-12 1.62 347E-11 2.19 142E-10 2.76 551E-10 3.33 209E-09 3.9 786E-09 4.47 294E-08 5.04 109E-07 5.61 407E-07 6.18 151E-06 6.75 562E-06 7.32 209E-05 7.89 776E-05
0.49 117E-12 1.06 780E-12 1.63 356E-11 2.2 145E-10 2.77 564E-10 3.34 214E-09 3.91 805E-09 4.48 301E-08 5.05 112E-07 5.62 417E-07 6.19 155E-06 6.76 575E-06 7.33 214E-05 7.9 794E-05
0.5 122E-12 1.07 803E-12 1.64 365E-11 2.21 149E-10 2.78 577E-10 3.35 219E-09 3.92 824E-09 4.49 308E-08 5.06 115E-07 5.63 426E-07 6.2 158E-06 6.77 589E-06 7.34 219E-05 7.91 813E-05
0.51 127E-12 1.08 826E-12 1.65 375E-11 2.22 152E-10 2.79 591E-10 3.36 224E-09 3.93 843E-09 4.5 315E-08 5.07 117E-07 5.64 436E-07 6.21 162E-06 6.78 603E-06 7.35 224E-05 7.92 832E-05
0.52 132E-12 1.09 849E-12 1.66 384E-11 2.23 156E-10 2.8 605E-10 3.37 230E-09 3.94 863E-09 4.51 322E-08 5.08 120E-07 5.65 446E-07 6.22 166E-06 6.79 617E-06 7.36 229E-05 7.93 851E-05
0.53 138E-12 1.1 874E-12 1.67 394E-11 2.24 160E-10 2.81 620E-10 3.38 235E-09 3.95 883E-09 4.52 330E-08 5.09 123E-07 5.66 457E-07 6.23 170E-06 6.8 631E-06 7.37 234E-05 7.94 871E-05
0.54 143E-12 1.11 899E-12 1.68 404E-11 2.25 164E-10 2.82 634E-10 3.39 241E-09 3.96 904E-09 4.53 337E-08 5.1 126E-07 5.67 468E-07 6.24 174E-06 6.81 646E-06 7.38 240E-05 7.95 891E-05
0.55 149E-12 1.12 924E-12 1.69 415E-11 2.26 168E-10 2.83 649E-10 3.4 246E-09 3.97 925E-09 4.54 345E-08 5.11 129E-07 5.68 478E-07 6.25 178E-06 6.82 661E-06 7.39 245E-05 7.96 912E-05
0.56 155E-12 1.13 950E-12 1.7 425E-11 2.27 172E-10 2.84 665E-10 3.41 252E-09 3.98 946E-09 4.55 353E-08 5.12 132E-07 5.69 490E-07 6.26 182E-06 6.83 676E-06 7.4 251E-05 7.97 933E-05
0.57 161E-12 1.14 977E-12 1.71 436E-11 2.28 176E-10 2.85 681E-10 3.42 258E-09 3.99 969E-09 4.56 362E-08 5.13 135E-07 5.7 501E-07 6.27 186E-06 6.84 692E-06 7.41 257E-05 7.98 955E-05
0.58 167E-12 1.15 100E-11 1.72 447E-11 2.29 180E-10 2.86 697E-10 3.43 264E-09 4 991E-09 4.57 370E-08 5.14 138E-07 5.71 513E-07 6.28 191E-06 6.85 708E-06 7.42 263E-05 7.99 977E-05
0.59 174E-12 1.16 103E-11 1.73 458E-11 2.3 185E-10 2.87 713E-10 3.44 270E-09 4.01 101E-08 4.58 379E-08 5.15 141E-07 5.72 525E-07 6.29 195E-06 6.86 725E-06 7.43 269E-05 8 1 000E-05
0.6 180E-12 1.17 106E-11 1.74 470E-11 2.31 189E-10 2.88 730E-10 3.45 277E-09 4.02 104E-08 4.59 388E-08 5.16 144E-07 5.73 537E-07 6.3 200E-06 6.87 741E-06 7.44 275E-05
0.61 187E-12 1.18 109E-11 1.75 482E-11 2.32 194E-10 2.89 748E-10 3.46 283E-09 4.03 106E-08 4.6 397E-08 5.17 148E-07 5.74 549E-07 6.31 204E-06 6.88 759E-06 7.45 282E-05
0.62 194E-12 1.19 112E-11 1.76 494E-11 2.33 198E-10 2.9 766E-10 3.47 290E-09 4.04 109E-08 4.61 406E-08 5.18 151E-07 5.75 562E-07 6.32 209E-06 6.89 776E-06 7.46 288E-05
0.63 201E-12 1.2 115E-11 1.77 507E-11 2.34 203E-10 2.91 784E-10 3.48 297E-09 4.05 111E-08 4.62 415E-08 5.19 155E-07 5.76 575E-07 6.33 214E-06 6.9 794E-06 7.47 295E-05
0.64 209E-12 1.21 119E-11 1.78 519E-11 2.35 208E-10 2.92 802E-10 3.49 304E-09 4.06 114E-08 4.63 425E-08 5.2 158E-07 5.77 589E-07 6.34 219E-06 6.91 813E-06 7.48 302E-05
2/2
G 400
Long distance sniffer probe user manual
This document concerns the p/n SNCxExTx

long distance sniffer probes.
For all service operations, the long distance sniffer probe should be
disconnected from the helium leak detector.
The parts involved are small: be careful not to loose them
Dimensions Dimensions of the sniffer probe end, for all dia. 6 mm/ 0.23 inch
sniffer probe models.
20 mm/ 0.8 inch
C
To calcultate the complete size of the sniffer
probe, add (A) and (C) depending on the
sniffer probe model. A
B
Example : sniffer probe p/n SNC1E1T1
= C
gun (A) 19 cm + tubing (C) 5 m B A
gun (A) 7.5 inch + tubing (C) 197 inch
End ( B ) Sniffer probe Gun ( A )

part number
Rigid 9 cm/3.5 inch SNCxE1Tx 19 cm/7.5 inch
30 cm/11.8 inch SNCxE2Tx 40 cm/15.7 inch
Flexible 15 cm/5.9 inch SNCxE3Tx 25 cm/9.8 inch
45 cm/17.7 inch SNCxE4Tx 55 cm/21.6 inch
Sniffer probe Tubing ( C )

part number
PVC flexible (external dia. : SNC1ExTx 5 m/197 inch
6 mm/0.23 inch) SNC2ExTx 10 m/394 inch
1/8
G 400
Technical Sniffer probe with Sniffer probe with

rigid nipple (part flexible nipple
characteristics number (part number
SNCxE1Tx and SNCxE3Tx and
SNCxE2Tx) SNCxE4Tx)
Helium concentration in 5 ppm
the air
Maximum flow taken by 60 ± 10 sccm ≈ 100 sccm
the probe (1 mbar.l/s)
Note: A flow variation in the sniffer probe
does not modify the sensitivity but
ony the response time.
ì Flow = î Response time
Leak flow (Q) read on the
leak detector during a
measure-ment of the He in Q = 5x10-6 mbar.l/s 5x10-6 mbar.l/s ≤ Q ≤
the air without correction 10-5 mbar.l/s
factor
Correction factor (Cor)
to apply in order to read 1 0.5 ≤ Cor ≤ 1
a leak flow in the leak
detector of 5.x10-6 mbar.
l/s
Note Sniffer probe
not designed
for precise
measurements
Working pressure maxi Atmospheric pressure + 0.5 bar
recommended

Use precautions Do not step on the probe or flatten it.
with the flexible
The nipple should not be curved (ref. 1 ) without respect the
sniffer probe
instructions below.
The nipples should not be bent as shown below (ref. 2 and 3 ).
2 3
2/8
G 400
Use precautions The sniffer probe nipple can be bent if necessary but you should
with the flexible respect a minimum radius of curvature (ref. 4 and 5 ).
sniffer probe
Sniffer probe with a flexible Sniffer probe with a flexible
(continued) nipple of 15 cm / 5.9 inch nipple of 45 cm / 17.7 inch
(part number SNCxE3Tx) (part number SNCxE4Tx)
4 E 5
R
E R
E
R > 5 cm (2 inch) E > 2 cm (1 inch): do not twist/bend the E section
Flow adjustment In order to adjust the flow inside the sniffer probe, it comes equipped
with 2 needle types: dia. 0.30 mm (0.11 inch) or 0.35 mm
(0.14 inch). This choice is done in factory and it is permanent.
How to identify the needle set in your snifffer probe?

The needle shape is different:
• Ø 0.30 mm needle
• Ø 0.35 mm needle
The sniffer probe nozzle is marked:
Sniffer probe equipped with a Sniffer probe equipped with a

dia. 0.30 mm needle has no mark dia. 0.35 mm needle is marked “5”.
or is marked “0”.
3/8
G 400
Available spare parts 2 1 3
2 3
4
Designation Reference
dia. 0.30 mm needle J 001 1
dia. 0.35 mm needle J 002
Rigid nozzle of 9 cm/3.54 inch (*) J 003
Rigid nozzle of 30 cm/11.81 inch (*) J 004
2
Flexible nozzle of 15 cm/5.90 inch (*) J 005
Flexible nozzle of 45 cm/17.71 inch (*) J 006
(*) (delivered with the suitable needle not cut)
Screw alone J 007 3
Kit for sniffer probe with 5 filters, 2 O’rings and 2 screws J 008 4
Reference part number F 1000
Filter exchange With the 2.5 Allen key, remove the screw at the end of the sniffer
probe (ref. 1 ).
Take out the old filter. Put the new filter in the port (ref. 2 ).
Hold this assembly straight up and screw on the nipple of the sniffer
probe (ref. 2 and 3 ): torque < 1 N.m
Install the screw so that it is totally inside the nipple : you should see

a few threads (ref. 4 and 5 ).
1 2 3
4 Screw inside 5
the nipple
Good position
4/8
G 400
Filter exchange When you change the filter, we recommend cleaning the needle and
the nipple (sniffer probe with rigid nipple only):
(continued)
Take out the needle with needlenose pliers.
Clean delicately the needle with alcohol and a lint-free cloth.
Clean the rigid nipple with alcohol and compressed dry air.
Put back the needle.
Put back the filter with its screw: torque < 1 N.m.
Needle replacement With this kind of sniffer probe, it is normally not necessary to change
the needle.
For every needle replacement in a sniffer probe, put a new needle

with the same diameter as the old needle.
3 methods can be used for the new needle adjustment :

1 flowmeter use
Recommended methods
2 standard sniffer probe use
3 old needle use
1 Flowmeter use in order to 2 Standard sniffer probe use as

measure the flow in the sniffer reference
probe
Assembly to do: This method requires keeping a new

Helium leak sniffer probe as a standard probe.
detector P < 10 mbar Do an auto-calibration in sniffing

or Flowmeter mode with the standard sniffer
0/100 sccm probe.
Pump
Sniffer probe Do a measure of the He in the air
connected to with the standard sniffer probe.
the assembly
Cut the new needle to 85 mm/3.35 inch. Prepare it (see below “ 3 Use of
the old needle as a reference“, picture 3 ) and put it correctly in the nozzle
(see “Needle exchange” §).
5/8
G 400
Needle replacement
1 Flowmeter use (cont.) 2 Standard sniffer probe use
(continued) (cont.)
In a no helium polluted environment, do
a measure of the helium in the air with
the sniffer probe to adjust.
Depending on the measurement result, cut the neddle according to the precautions
indicated below. Put back correctly the needle in the nozzle.
Repeat these operations until the Repeat these operations until the display
flowmeter displays the value of the corresponds to the display with the
maximum flow taken by the sniffer probe standard sniffer probe in the helium of
(60 ± 2 sccm). the air.
If the message “sniffer probe clogged” appears in the control panel display during
these adjustments, please refer to ””Sniffer probe clogged” message” §.
Precautions to cut the needle.

It is necessary to cut small amounts of the needle, especially when we
are near the target value: refer to the figure below.
Needle length
cut at one time
10 mm
0.39 inch
5 mm
0.19 inch
Example : Be careful in
4 mm for 80 %
this zone
1 mm
0.04 inch Target value
seeked
0% 50 % 70 % 80 % 100 %

Example: • target value = 60 sccm
• value displayed on the flowmeter : 48 sccm (= 80 % of
the target value)
remove the needle from the nozzle and cut 4 mm from
the straight end.
3 Use of the old needle as a reference
With this method, the uncertainty about the maximum flow taken by
the sniffer probe is more important :
• Maximum flow taken: 60 ± 10 SCCM
• Leak flow (Q): 4x10-6 mbar.l/s < Q < 6x10-6 mbar.l/s.
Take out the filter (see “Filter exchange” §).
6/8
G 400
Needle replacement With needlenose pliers, take out the original needle.
(continued) Put the new needle (ref. 1 ) and cut to the same length as the original
needle.
Note:
For the flexible sniffer probe (SNCxE3Tx and SNCxE4Tx), the needle
length should be 2.5 cm/0.98 inch (ref. 2 ).
Bend the needle as shown in the picture 3 .
Put the needle in the nipple, the crooked end to outside (ref. 4 ) and
push it in with a 2.5 allen key to stop.
Put back the filter.
Needle for
flexible sniffer probe
Needle
1 2 3 4 Key
O'ring
O'ring When you unscrew the nipple from the probe,
1
installation it is possible for the o’ring to come out with the
nipple : you should put it back (ref. 1 ).
Place the o’ring on the nipple of the aspiration Body
tube in the sniffer body (ref. 2 ).
Nipple
Push the o’ring with the nipple of the sniffer
probe (ref. 3 ).
The o’ring is correctly placed on the nipple (ref. 4 ).
Screw on the nipple of the sniffer probe.
7/8
G 400
"Sniffer probe clogged" A “Sniffer probe clogged” message could appear on the control panel
LCD display or be announced by the digital voice: the leak detector
message compares the helium signal read on the detector to the sniffer probe
clogged reject threshold.
10-7 Sniffer probe clogged message No message 10-5

mbar.l/s mbar.l/s
Sniffer probe clogged Value of the helium signal
reject threshold value read on the detector
During the needle adjustment, this message could appear without the
snifffer probe necessarily being clogged: this is why the needle length
is so important.
For more details, please consult the user’s manual delivered with your
leak detector.
Advice:
Block the sniffer probe end from time to time with a finger to check
that the helium signal goes down. If not, the sniffer probe may be
clogged.
Adaptor for calibrated Description P/N

leak Adaptor for DN 16 calibrated leak A 006
Adaptor for DN 25 calibrated leak A 007

Special adaptors for calibrated Adaptor
leaks have been designed to ensure
Sniffer
a good connection and repetitive probe
and reliable calibration with a Calibrated
sniffer probe. leak
With the adaptor for calibrated leaks use:
{
calibrated leak value
Value read on the leak detector = +
value of the helium in the air
8/8
G 500
Helium spray gun user manual
Description
Spray gun Long nozzle
J017
2 needles
Short nozzle
J016
M 1/4NPT
M 3/8G
5 m plastic tube
He bottle
M 1/8G
Kit part number A 700
Technical Maximum pressure at the outlet of the 3 Bars relative / 42 PSI

characteristics helium bottle regulator
Recommanded pressure at the outlet of the 1.5 Bar relative / 7 PSI
helium bottle regulator
short end long end

F 02653 - Edition 01 - Septembre 04
needle regulator needle regulator

flow flow
pressure pressure
used length used length
rough
0.5 / > 1000 0.5 / > 500
and fast no no
1 bar ml/mn 1 bar ml/mn
detection
highly
specialized 80 60 175 60
yes 0.5 bar yes 0.5 bar
detection mm ml/min mm ml/min
1/2
G 500
Helium spray gun user manual
Use precaution It is possible to reduce the flow: put the needle as show on the picture
and cut if necessary.
Before testing, always check helium goes

out of the end.
Spare parts Description Reference

Long end J 017
Short end J 016
Needle J 001
F 02653 - Edition 01 - Septembre 04
2/2
G 600
Safety questionnaire
Procedure for returning ADIXEN products
You wish to return an Adixen product for maintenance. The equipment will be dismantled and
possibly cleaned by a technician from our Service Centre.
In compliance with European Community’s L360 directives, French labor code L231 - R231 and
Federal OSHA Safety Standard 1910-1200, Alcatel Vacuum Technology requires this form to be
completed to preclude the potential health risk to its service personnel that can occur when
receiving, disassembling, or repairing potentially contaminated products.
Equipment returned without this form completed and secured to outside of package will
be returned to customer unprocessed.
Equipment must be drained of fluids and residue, securely packaged and shipped prepaid.
Concerning the closing of the ports (inlet & outlets of the product), metallic airtight blank flanges
should be used if toxic or copper gases have been pumped.
We wish to draw your attention to the following points:

• The risk may be of the following nature:
- Chemical: Danger to health, risks of explosion, fire, risks for the environment. Please indicate
the chemical formula and name of the gases or substances that have been in contact with the
equipment (pump or detector).
- Biological: In case of contamination (such as pathogenic germs, micro-organisms (bacteria,
viruses, etc.) classes 1 to 4 and group E), our Service Center is currently unable to decontaminate
and recycle such material without risk to the safety of our staff. Please contact us before
sending the product to the Service center.
- Radioactive: In case of contamination, our Service Center is currently unable to decontaminate
and recycle such material without risk to the safety of our staff. Please contact us before
sending the product to the Service center.
- Copper contamination: Copper based by products formed in sputtering or etching processes
are considered as a poison in some semi-conductor processes.
If following inspection and quotation, customer elects to not proceed with repair, he
will be subject to service fee to cover product decontamination, disassembly, cleaning
and evaluation costs.
Please to fill in the following form, print it and attach it to the product before shipping
to the service-repair office closest to you.
GB 00956 - Edition 07 - Apr 08
In the event of chemical contamination, please indicate the following

gases or substances:
Substances produced Exhaust

Gases by reaction A
introduced Reactor C B
A
B C
Pump or pump unit
• Gases (or substances) introduced into the reactor and which may be found at the exhaust (A).
• Gases (or substances) resulting from the reaction or process (B).
• Gases (or substances) that may possibly be formed inside the pump (due to a thermodynamic or
chemical reaction, condensation, deposition, precipitation, etc.) (C).
• Precautions need to be taken before transferring contaminated products.
Please contact Service Center for recommendations.
1/2
G 600
QUESTIONNAIRE DE SECURITE - SAFETY QUESTIONNAIRE
Ce questionnaire est téléchargeable sur le site : www.adixen.com
This questionnaire can be downloaded from: www.adixen.com
Procédure de retour des produits ADIXEN
(Ce formulaire ne peut être rempli et signé que par une personne habilitée)
Procedure for returning ADIXEN products
(This questionnaire is only to be filled in and signed by an authorized person)
SOCIETE - COMPANY EQUIPEMENT - EQUIPMENT
Nom Société - Name of company : ......................................... Description : ........................................................................
Nom personne - Name of person : .................................................. ..............................................................................................
(Qui remplit ce formulaire) - (Who has filled in questionnaire)
...............................................................................................
Fonction - Position : .........................................................................
N° de Série - Serial no : .......................................................
N° Tél. - Tel. no : ...............................................................................
Type de procédé - Type of process : .............................................
N° Fax - Fax no : ............................................................................... (Pour lequel l’équipement est utilisé) - (for which equipement is used)
(Pour renseignements éventuels sur les produits utilisés) - (for any information on products used)
Date de l’expédition - Date of consignment : ...............................
INTERVENTION - SERVICE
Intervention souhaitée (Révision, réparation,...) - Service required (overhaul, repair, etc.) :
Type d’anomalie constatée - Type of anomaly observed :
PROCEDE CUIVRE - COPPER PROCESS
Produit utilisé sur un procédé Cuivre - Product used on a Copper process Oui - Yes Non - No
ASPECT SECURITE - SAFETY ASPECT
L’équipement mentionné ci-dessus a été en contact avec les produits suivants - The above equipment has been in contact with the
following substances :
(nom et formule chimique) - (name and chemical formula)
Ces produits présentent un risque de nature - These susbstances present the following risks
Chimique - Chemical Explication détaillée - Detailed explanation
Toxique - Toxic Oui - Yes Non - No Si «Oui» risque de nature - If «Yes», what type of risk
Cancérigène - Carcinogenic Oui - Yes Non - No ..........................................................................................................
Combustible - Combustible Oui - Yes Non - No ..........................................................................................................
Corrosive - Corrosive Oui - Yes Non - No ..........................................................................................................
Explosive - Explosive Oui - Yes Non - No ..........................................................................................................
Biologique - Biological Oui - Yes Non - No ..........................................................................................................
Radioactive - Radioactive Oui - Yes Non - No ..........................................................................................................
Autre - Other ..........................................................................................................
(Vous reporter éventuellement à la page précédente) - (See preceding page if necessary) ..........................................................................................................
SIGNATURE
Vous avez répondu “Oui” à une des questions précédentes : Je confirme que le matériel sus-mentionné n’a été en contact
GB 00956 - Edition 07 - Apr 08

Je confirme que seules les substances précisées ont été en contact avec aucune substance dangereuse, et a été vidé de son huile.
avec l’équipement sus-mentionné, et que les procédures de (Si applicable)
préparation, d’emballage, et de transport ont été respectées.
You have replied “yes” to one of the above questions: I confirm that the above equipment has not been in contact
I confirm that only the substances mentioned have been in with any dangerous substance and has been emptied of oil. (If
contact with the above equipment and that the preparation, applicable)
packing and transport procedures have been complied with.
Réponse “Oui” (fermeture étanche de l’aspiration et du refoulement) Réponse “Non” (sans risque)
Reply “Yes” (seal inlet and outlet ports with blank flanges) Reply “No” (no risk)
Nom - Name : ................................................................................... Nom - Name : ...................................................................................
Fonction - Position : ......................................................................... Fonction - Position : ........................................................................
Date :................................................................................................. Date :................................................................................................
Signature autorisée - Authorised signature : ................................. Signature autorisée - Authorised signature : ................................
Tampon / Cachet Tampon / Cachet

Stamp / Seal Stamp / Seal
ALCATEL Vacuum Technology France - 98, avenue de Brogny - B.P. 2069 - 74009 ANNECY CEDEX
Tél. (33) 4 50 65 77 77 - Fax (33) 4 50 65 75 77 - Web site : www.adixen.com
2/2
G 800
Tools
ASM View supervisory Software 2/6

Presentation
Downloader
ASM Graph downloader software 3/6

Presentation
Detectors concerned
Downloader
ASM Dialogue software 4/6

Presentation
Interface (main functions)
Use
1/6
G 800
Tools
ASM View supervisory

software
Presentation
Downloader To download the last software version proposed, go to our

www.adixen.com website:
Resources —> Softwares
2/6
G 800
Tools
ASM Graph
downloader software
Presentation
Detectors concerned n ASM Graph - ASM Graph D - ASM Graph D+

n ASM 182 T and ASM 182 TD+ equipped with "Tactil interface
operator" option.
Downloader To download the last software version proposed, go to our

www.adixen.com website:
Resources —> Softwares
3/6
G 800
Tools
ASM Dialogue
software
Presentation ASM Dialogue is a software to communicate with your leak detector
through a PC and a RS 232 interface.
ASM Dialogue preserves the spirit of Hyperterminal or Terminal
softwares, well known by RS 232 users, but it is customized for use
with a leak detector.
ASM Dialogue Software (V2.1.0)
Interface Port closing Terminal parameters setting

(main functions) Port opening Function keys setting
Communication parameters setting
4 levels availables Function keys set in the selected level

(1 level = 1 function keys package)
4/6
G 800
Tools
ASM Dialogue
software (ctd)
Use 1 - Set the communication parameters
ASM Dialogue communication parameters set are the same as the
leak detector communication parameters defined in the RS 232 User's
Manual (chapter C).
If you change leak detector values ("Baud rate" for example), you
must change also the ASM Dialogue values.
2 - Set the Terminal parameters

Optional.
3 - Define Function keys
Optional.
^M=C R
5/6
G 800
Tools
Use (ctd) 4 - Open the port
5 - Write the command and press a carriage return for the answer (or
select a function key).
CR
6/6

ASM142 Manual Completo

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ASM142 Manual Completo

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ASM 142 / 142 D

ASM GRAPH / GRAPH D / GRAPH D+

With 45 years of experience, AVT today has a worldwide

You have just bought an

The applications of helium

Each product of the Adixen

This product complies with the requirements of European Directives,

The use of Adixen products are subject to copyright and intellectual

Specifications and information are subject to change without notice

GB 00204 - Edition 05 - September 06

C 100 - Factory configuration of the leak detector parameters

C 500 - Inlet vent

Chapter D MAINTENANCE - TROUBLESHOOTING

Chapter E MAINTENANCE SHEETS

GB 00205 - Edition 07 - March 09

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

Indicated an imminently hazardous situation that, if not avoided,

A 100 Introduction to the ASM 142 series

A 200 ASM 142 - Detector operating principle

A 201 ASM 142 D - Detector operating principle

A 202 ASM 142 Graph D+ - Detector operating principle

A 300 Analyzer cell operating principle

A 400 Testing methods

A 401 About Helium and hydrogen

A 500 Operator interface : control panel

GB 00206 - Edition 03 - June 08

A 800 ASM 142 - Technical characteristics

A 801 ASM 142 D - ASM Graph D+ - Technical characteristics

A 901 Dimensions - ASM Graph D+

A new generation of The ASM 142/142 D/142 S/ASM Graph/ASM Graph D/

ASM ASM ASM ASM ASM ASM

field-proven components, which

Reference correspondence between valve/vacuum block marks E 530

1 Preamplifier VA1 Inlet vent valve (6 points)

GB 00208 - Edition 03 - June 08

Gross leak test mode

Sniffing test mode

GB 00208 - Edition 03 - June 08

Reference correspondence between valve/vacuum block marks E 530

1 Preamplifier VA1 Inlet vent valve (6 points)

3 Detector inlet port VR2 Roughing valve (2 points)

Gross leak test mode 1

VT1 VR1 VR2

Sniffing test mode 1

GB 01476 - Edition 03 - June 08

Reference correspondence between valve/vacuum block marks E 530

1 Preamplifier VA1 Inlet vent valve (6 points)

3 Detector inlet port VR2 Roughing valve (2 points)

Gross leak test mode 1

VT1 VR1 VR2

than 5x10-1 mbar)

Sniffing test mode 1

GB 03710 - Edition 01 - June 08

m/e = atomic mass of the particle/number of electrons lost on

The principle of magnetic deflexion spectrometry is as follows. The

������������ He ����������� ������������

Analyzer cell - functional diagram

Description (continued) These ionized particles are accelerated by an electrical field.

Because there is a constant magnetic field (permanent magnet), the

The current of helium ions is proportional to the partial pressure of

In order to separate the helium ions from «noise» caused by

GB 00007 - Edition 03 - September 04

�� He ��